Pali Glossary PDF

Reading Buddhist Pāli Texts
Glossary
a- (commonly added prefix) = ‘not’, ‘non’, ‘without’ (§3.1.1)

ā- (commonly added prefix) = ‘towards’, ‘(all the way) up to’, ‘as far as’, ‘intensely’, ‘completely’
(§3.1.1)
ābādha (m) = affliction, discomfort, sickness, distress (§5.5.2)
abbhācikkhati (abhi + ā + cikkhati < reduplicated √khyā II ‘be known’; Skt ā + √cakṣ II ‘tell’. Bud Skt:
abhyācikṣati) = slanders, falsely accuses (§7.ex)
abbhaññāsi (3,sg; aor, < abhi + √jñā IX ‘know’) = he understood (through supramundane insight) (§10.
ex)
abbuda (n) = a huge number, said to be a koṭi of ninnahuta. A koṭi = 10,000,000; a ninnahuta = koṭi x
koṭi x koṭi x koṭi x koṭi (?) (§8.ex)
abhabba (adj; used with inf or dat) = unable to, incapable of (§4.6.2 , §11.ex)
abhavissa (3,sg; active condl of √bhū I ‘become’) = had it/there been, it would have been, if it were
(§14.4.2)
abhavissaṃsu (3,pl, āt; condl < √bhū I ‘become’) = if they could have been, had they been, if they
were (§14.ex)
abhedi (3,sg; aor pas < √bhid VII ‘split’) = it was broken up (§10.ex)
abhi- (commonly added prefix) = ‘facing’, ‘concerning’, ‘(movement) towards’, ‘exceling’, ‘greatly’
(§3.1.1)
abhibhavati (3,sg; pre, < abhi + √bhū I ‘become’) = overcomes, surpasses, overpowers, vanquishes
(§11.2.3)
abhibhū (adj and noun; < abhi + √bhū I ‘become’) = vanquishing, overcoming; a vanquisher, one who
surpasses (§11.2.3)
abhibhūta (PPP of abhibhavati < 3,sg; pre, < abhi + √bhū I ‘become’) = overcome, vanquished,
surpassed (§11.2.3)
abhiharati (3,sg; pre, < abhi + √hṛ I ‘take’) = fetches, fetches for oneself, partakes (§5.5)
abhijānāti (3,sg; pre, < abhi + √jñā IX ‘know’) = recognizes, knows clearly, becomes aware, recalls,
recollects, remembers (§8.3.3.1)
abhikirati (/abhikīrati; 3,sg; pre, < abhi + √kṝ VI ‘strew’) = scatters, pours over, overwhelms (§7.4.5)
abhikkama (m) = going forwards, progression, advance (§8.ex)
abhikkamati (3,sg; pre, < abhi + √kram I ‘step’) = steps forward, advances, progresses, increases (§1.
ex, §2.7.1)
abhikkhaṇaṃ (adv) = repeatedly, incessantly (§3.ex)
abhilakkhita (PPP < abhi + √lakṣ I ‘mark’) = specially noted, marked out, distinguished (§13.ex)
abhinandinī (nom,f,sg of abhinandin ‘having great pleasure’; qualifying taṇhā) = finding great
pleasure, greatly delighting (§4.6.2)
abhinanduṃ (3,pl; aor, < abhi + √nand I ‘rejoice’) = they rejoiced (§10.ex)
abhiṇhaso (ind) = frequently, repeatedly (§9.3.5.1)
abhinibbattati (3,sg; pre, < abhi + nir + √vṛt I ‘turn’) = turns out, results from, proceeds, arises (out
of), is born (§14.ex)
abhinibbattissatha (3,sg, āt; condl < abhi + nir + √vṛt I ‘turn’) = it would have arisen, had it arisen
(§14.ex)
abhinibbhidā (f; < abhi + niṣ + √bhid VII ‘split’) = breaking out, breaking through, bursting forth
(§11.1.3)
abhininnāmeti (3,sg; pre, caus of abhi + nis + namati < √nam I ‘bend’) = makes bend towards, directs
towards (§13.ex)
abhinīto (PPP of abhineti < abhi + √nī I ‘lead’; qualifying sappuriso) = brought upon, led on, led near;
pañha-abhinīto = brought upon by questions (§12.ex)
abhinivissa (ger < abhi + ni + √viś VI ‘enter’+ ya) = having adhered to, adhering to (§9.5.2)
abhiññā (f) = supramundane knowledge, higher knowledge (§8.ex)
abhiññāta (PPP < abhi + √jñā IX ‘understand’) = specially known, well known, recognized (§13.ex)
abhippamodayaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of abhippamodayati, caus of abhippamodati < abi + pra + √mud I
268
Glossary
‘rejoice’) = gladdening (§7.ex)

abhippasanna (PPP of abhippasīdati < abhi + pra + √sad I ‘sit’) = having firm conviction, deeply
believing in (§8.ex)
abhiramati (3,sg; pre, < abhi + √ram I ‘enjoy’) = enjoys, delights in (§2.5.2)
abhirūpa (adj) = of good appearance, beautiful (§6.2.1)
abhisamaya (nom,m,sg; < abhi + sam + √i II ‘go’, ‘arrive at’) = direct full understanding, direct
comprehension (§9.ex)
abhisameti (3,sg; pre, < abhi + sam + √i II ‘go’) = directly (abhi) perfectly (sam) understands (§8.3.11)
abhisañcetayita (PPP of abhisañcetayati < abhi + √cit VIII ‘do’) = thought out, volitionally produced
(§6.ex)
abhisaṅkharitvā (ger of abhisaṅkharoti < abhi + sam + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = having made preparatory effort
(§10.ex)
abhisaṅkharoti (3,sg; pre, < abhi + √kṛ VIII ‘do’. Skt: abhisaṃskaroti) = performs effortfully, prepares,
constructs, plans, creates; does/acts volitionally (§6.ex, §10.ex)
abhisaṅkhāsi (3,sg; aor, of abhisaṅkharoti) = wilfully performed, performed (§10.ex)
abhisaṅkhata (PPP of abhisaṅkharoti) = constructed, artificially produced, effortfully produced (§6.ex)
abhivadati (3,sg; < abhi + √vad I ‘speak’) = salutes, welcomes, approves of (§8.ex)
ābhujitvā (ger; < ā + √bhuj VI ‘bend’) = having bent; pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā = ‘bending (legs) in fully-
crossed position’, sitting fully crossed-legged (§7.ex)
abhūta (adj) = untrue; abhūtena (ins,n,sg) = with what is not true, untruly (§12.ex); abhūtena (adv) =
falsely (§7.ex)
abrahmacārin (adj) = ‘not having brahma-faring’, not practising the brahma-faring, unchaste (§4.6.2);
nom,f,sg: abrahma-cariṇī (§4.6.2)
abyatta (= avyatta) (adj) = unintelligent, incapable, incompetent (§6.2.1, §7.2.1)

acala (adj) = immovable, unshakable (§11.ex)
ācarati (3,sg < ā + √car I ‘move’, ‘be engaged in’); tad-ācaraṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of ācarati) = when
being engaged in that (§13.ex)
ācariya (m) = teacher; ācariyapācariya (m) = ‘teacher upon teacher’, teacher of teachers (§9.ex)
ācariya-bhariyā (f) = teacher’s wife (§14.ex)
ācariyaka (n; < ācariya ‘teacher’ + -ka) = ‘what pertains to the teacher’, doctrines of the teacher (§11.
ex)
accantaṃ (adv) = exceedingly, absolutely (§10.ex)
accāsanne (adv; < ati + āsanna) = too near, too close (§3.ex)
accāyata (PPP < ati + ā + √yam I ‘hold up’, ‘stretch up’) = over stretched (§7.ex)
accayena (ins used as adv) = through the lapse/passing (of time) (§5.ex, §6.4.2.2)
acceti (3,sg; pre, ati + √i II ‘go’) = passes over, transcends (§4.ex)
acchādetvā (ger, caus, < ā + √chad X ‘cover’) = having adorned/ having put on (§4.ex)
ācikkhanti (3,pl; pre, < ā + √khyā II ‘be known’. Cf ācikṣati in BHSD) = tell, make known, relate,
proclaim, declare (§4.6.2)
adā (3,sg; root-aor of √dā III ‘give’) = he gave (§13.ex)
ādātuṃ (inf, < ā + √dā III ‘give’) = to take, to receive (§11.ex)
ādāya (ger < ā + √dā III ‘give’) = having taken (§4.5.3)
adda (3,sg; aor of dakkhati/dassati < √dṛś I ‘see’) = he saw (§14.ex)
addakkhi (3,sg; aor of dakkhati/dassati < √dṛś I ‘see’) = he saw (§14.ex)
addasā (3,sg; aor of dakkhati/dassati < √dṛś I ‘see’) = he saw (§13.ex)
addasā/addasa (3,sg; aor < √dṛś I ‘see’) = he saw (§10.ex)
aḍḍha (adj) = rich (§8.3.3.1)
aḍḍha-māsa (m) = half-month, fortnight (§10.ex)
aḍḍha-teḷasāni bhikkhu-satāni = 12 hundreds and fifty = 1250 monks (§8.ex)
addhan (m) = an extent of time or space, road, path, temporal passage; addhuno (gen,m,sg) = of time
(§12.ex) addhuno (gen,n,sg) = of temporal passage (§6.4.2.2)
adhi- (commonly added prefix) = ‘on top of’, ‘above’, ‘higher/superior’, ‘concerning’ (§3.1.1)
269
adhibhū (m) = conqueror, king, master, lord; migābhibhū (miga + adhibhū) = king of animals (§12.ex)
adhicitta-sikkhā (f) = training relating to the mind (i.e., meditation) (§13.ex)
adhigama (m) = attainment, realization (§10.ex, §11.1.3)
ādhipacca (n; abst noun, < adhipati + -ya) = dominance, dominant power, supremacy (§11.ex)
adhipanna (PPP of adhipajjati < adhi + √pad IV ‘go’) = fallen into (§9.5.3)
adhipaññā-sikkhā (f) = training relating to insight/wisdom (§13.ex)
ādhipateyya (n; abst noun < adhipati + -ya. Skt: ādhipatya; Buddhist Skt: ādhipateya) = dominance,
dominant/controlling influence (§11.ex)
adhipati (m) = chief, controller, dominating influence.
adhipatiṃ (acc,m,sg) karitvā = exercising influence (§11.ex)
adhisayita (PPP of adhiseti < adhi + √śī II ‘sleep’) = lied/sat on (§8.3.2)
adhisīla (n) = higher ethical alignment; adhisīle (ind) = in regard to ethical alignment (§3.ex)
adhisīla-sikkhā (f) = training relating to ethics/ethical alignment (§13.ex)
adhitiṭṭhati/adhiṭṭhahati (3,sg; pre, < adhi + √sthā I ‘stand’) = ‘stands upon’, takes control over; resolves,
resolutely determines (§10.ex)
adhiṭṭhāsi (3,sg; aor of adhitiṭṭhati) = he resolved upon the calming of vigour (§10.ex)
adhiṭṭhāti (3,sg; pre, < √sthā I ‘stand’) = firmly abides on/in, resolutely affirms, resolves on, becomes
determined upon (§3.ex, §5.5)
adhiṭṭhāti (3,sg; pre, < adhi + √sthā I ‘stand’) = resolves upon, resolutely affirms (§8.2.2)
adhivāseti (caus of adhivasati ‘dwells/lives in’< adhi + √vas I ‘dwell’) = is patient with, endures, waits,
accepts (§8.2.2)
ādicco (nom,m,sg) = sun (§4.ex)
ādiccovudayaṃ (ādicco iva udayaṃ) = like a rising sun (§4.ex)
ādi-kalyāṇa (adj) = good in the beginning (§3.ex)
ādikena (ins used as adv) at the start, at once (§2.9.2)
ādīnava (m) = disadvantage, danger, negative consequence (§6.ex, §10.ex)
ādippati (3,sg; ā + √dīp IV ‘blaze’) = blazes, burns, shines (§12.ex)
ādiyati (3,sg; pre, < ā + √dā III ‘give’; = ādeti) = takes, accepts, takes up, undertakes (§12.ex)
ado (2,sg; aor < √dā III ‘give’) = you gave (§10.ex)
adukkhamasukha (adj) = neither painful nor pleasant (neuter) (§5.ex)
aduṃ (nom,n,sg of demon pron asu) = that (§5.ex, §14.ex)
aduṭṭha (adj; < a + PPP of √dviṣ II ‘hate’) = unangered, without hating (§14.ex)
āgacchati (3,sg; pre, < √gam I ‘go’) = comes (§1.ex)
āgama (m) = coming; tradition, scriptures, canonical text (§13.ex)
agamāsi (3,sg; aor < √gam I ‘go’) = it went (§10.ex)
agamāsiṃ (1,sg; aor, < √gam I ‘go’) = I went (§10.ex)
agamissa (3,sg; active condl, < √gam I ‘go’) = he would have gone (§14.4.2)
agamittha (2,pl; iṣ-aor, < √gam I ‘go’) = you went (§13.ex)
āgamma (ger of āgacchati < √gam I ‘go’) = having come to, having relied on, by means of (§5.ex)
āgantāro (nom,m,pl, of ag noun āgantar < ā + √gam I ‘go’; here used for peri fut) = they will return
(§12.ex)
āgantuka (adj) = foreign, from outside, adventitious (§14.3.1)
agāra (n) = home, house (§1.7.1)
agārā anagāriyaṃ = from home into homelessness (§2.6.2)
agāriyabhūta (adj; < agāriya + bhūta) = being house-holder (§9.3.3)
āgata-āgama (adj, bahubbīhi; < āgata + āgama) = who has mastered the tradition (§13.ex)
agga (adj) = foremost, highest (§5.ex)
aggahesi (3,sg; aor < √grah IX ‘grasp’) = he grasped (§10.ex)
aggahesuṃ (3,pl; aor of gaṇhāti/gaṇhati) = they seized, they grabbed (§10.ex)
aggaṃ (adj; n) = highest, best.excellent; the best, the highest one (§5.ex, §9.5.3, §12.ex)
aggañña (adj) = principal, primitive, original (§9.5.3)
agga-puggala (m; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = the foremost person (§12.ex)
aggha (m) = price, worth; sahassa-agghahaṃ (n; adv) = for the worth of a thousand (§13.ex)
270
Glossary
aggi (m) = fire; agginā (ins,m,sg) (§2.6.2.1)

aggihutta (n) = the fire oblation (§8.ex, §9.ex)
āghāta (m) = ill-will, resentment, hostility (§2.ex)
āghātana (n) = slaughter-house.execution place (§12.ex)
agyāgāra (aggi + āgāra) = fire-hut (for ritual) (§2.ex)
āha (3,sg, pf; < √ah I ‘say’; for perfect tense see §12.3) = he said, he says (§6.ex)
ahaṃ (1st pers pron; see §5.3) = I (§1.7.1)
āhaṃsu (pf, 3,pl; < √ah I ‘say’) = they say (§12.ex)
āhāra (m; occasionally n) = food, nutriment, sustenance (§5.6.2)
āhāra-ṭṭhitikā (nom,m,pl; adj for sattā) = food-sustained, sustaining on food (§5.6.2)
āhāreti (3,sg; caus of āharati, < ā + √hṛ I ‘carry’, or denom < āhāra) = eats (§11.ex)
ahita (n) = non-benefit, harm (§1.ex)
aho-ratta (m) = day-and-night (§8.ex)
ahosi (3,sg; aor < √bhū I ‘become’) = he became, he was (§10.ex)
ahu (Skt: abhūt; root-aor < √bhū/hū I ‘become’) = was, there was (impersonally) (§10.ex)
āhu (pf, 3,pl; < √ah I ‘say’) = they say, they said (§12.ex)
āhuneyya (FPP, < ā + √hu III ‘sacrifice’; adj to sāvakasaṅgha. Skt: āhavanīya) = to be offered, can be
offered, worthy of offerings (§8.1.1)
ahuvamha (1,pl; aor, < √bhū/hū I ‘become’) = we were (§10.ex)
ahuvattha (2,pl; aor < √bhū I ‘become) = you became (§13.ex)
ajānaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of ajānāti < a + √jñā IX ‘know’) = not knowing (§6.ex)
ājānāmi (1,sg; pre, < ā + √jñā IX ‘know’) = I understand well, I understand (§6.2.1)
ajānato (gen,m,sg of PrP of jānāti) apassato (gen,m,sg of PrP of passati) can be taken as being simply
gen/dat, or constituting a gen abs (§6.ex)
ājānissasi (2,sg; fut of ājānāti < ā + √jñā IX ‘understand’) = you will properly understand (§7.3.6)
ajara (adj) = non-aging (§6.4.2.1)
ajāta (PPP < a + √jan IV ‘be born) = has not been born (§9.ex)
Ajātasattu (m; npr) = name of a Magadha king (son of Bimbisāra) (§4.7.7)
ajāyi (3,sg; pas, aor < √jan IV ‘be born’) = was born; ajāyi siddhattho = Siddhattha was born (§10.ex)
ajeḷaka (m) = goat (§9.5.3)
ajesi (3,sg; aor < √ji I ‘conquer’) = he conquered, he defeated, he won (§12.ex)
ajeyya (FPP < a + √jī I ‘conquer’) = should not be conquered (§12.ex)
ājīvaka (m) = a naked ascetic (of a religious community founded by Makkhali Gosala) (§14.ex)
ajja (ind) = today (§5.5)
ajjhabhāsi (3,sg; aor, < adhi + a (augment) + √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = he addressed, spoke (§10.ex)
ajjhattaṃ (adv) = internally (§4.6.2)
ajjhattaṃ … kāye kāya-anupassī = internally contemplating on the body as the body (§4.6.2)
ajjhattika (adj) = internal, belonging to the internal (§8.ex)
ajjhāvasati (3,sg; pre, < adhi + ā + √vas I ‘dwell’) = resides upon, dwells in, inhabits (§1.7.1)
ajjhosa = ajjhosāya (ger of ajjhosati) = has clung on, clinging to (§4.5.4)
ajjhosati (3,sg; pre, < adhi + ava + √sā/so IV ‘finish’) = clings on to, clings obstinately (§4.5.4)
ajjhosa tiṭṭhati = remains tightly/obstinately clinging to it (§4.5.4, §8.ex)
ajjhupekkhissatha (2,pl; fut < adhi + upa + √īkṣ I ‘see’) = you will look on (§7.3.6)
akā (3,sg; root-aor of √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = he did (§10.ex)
akālika (adj, < a + kāla + ika) = not dependent on time (i.e., true at all times) (§1.ex, §11.ex)
akāmaka (adj) = disliking, disagreeing, not consenting (§9.1.1)
akāmakānaṃ … rudantānaṃ (gen abs. Note the sense of disregarding) = despite the non-consenting
mother and father crying with tearful faces (§9.1.1)
akaṃsu (3,pl; aor < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = they did, they made (§10.ex)
akaramha (1,pl; aor, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = we did (§10.ex)
ākāsānañcāyatana (n) = the sphere of infinity of space (§8.3.3)
akāsi (2/3,sg; s-aor, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = you did, he did (§10.ex); manasākāsi (manasi + akāsi) = he
applied his mind, he reflected (§12.ex)
271
akataññu (adj) = ungrateful (§12.ex)

akattha (2,pl; s-aor, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = you did (§13.4.1)
ākiñcaññāyatana (n, < ākiñcañña-āyatana) = sphere of no-thing-ness (§4.ex)
akittayi (aor; 3,sg, of akitteti/akittayati < √kīrt X ‘mention’, ‘recite’) = mentioned, recited; bheravaṃ so
akittayi = he uttered a fearful (curse) (§10.ex)
akkhātā (nom,m,sg; of ag noun akkhātar < ā + √khyā II ‘be known’) = declarer, informer, announcer
(§12.ex)
akkhāyati (3,sg; pas of akkhāti, < ā + √khyā II ‘be known’. akkhāyati is also an alternative form for
akkhāti) = is declared, is reckoned. aggam akkhāyati = is known as/declared the best (§9.5.3, §12.ex)
akkhi (n) = eye (§3.9.1)
akkosa (m) = shouting at, abuse, insult (§14.ex)
akkosati (3,sg; pre, ā + √kruś I ‘cry out’) = scolds, abuses, reviles (§2.ex)
akusala (adj) = unskillful/unwholesome (§1.5)
alaṃ hi te jagghitāye = It is appropriate for me to laugh, you may well laugh (§11.ex)
alaṃ kātuṃ = fit to do = fit for doing (§11.1.2)
alattha (3,sg; aor of labhati < √labh I ‘obtain’) = he obtained (§10.ex)
ālumpati (3,sg; pre, < ā + √lup VI ‘break’) = tears out, pulls out (§13.ex)
āluppa/ālumpa (m) = a morsel, a piece; ālumpa-kārakaṃ (adv) = making into pieces, tearing into
pieces (§10.ex)
āmantayataṃ (3,sg; ipv, āt of āmantayati) = let him (/may he) summon, let him send for (3,sg ipv used
to show respect to person requested) (§11.ex)
āmantayati (3,sg; pre, denom) = summons, addresses (§11.ex)
āmantesi (3,sg; aor < denom āmanteti/āmantayati) = he summoned, he addressed (§10.ex)
āmanteti (3,sg; pre, denom of ā-mantra) = summons, calls, addresses (§5.ex)
amarā (f) = a kind of slippery fish, eel (§14.ex)
amarā-vikkhepa (m) = equivocation like a wriggling eel (§14.ex)
amaritukāma (adj, bahubbīhi < a-marituṃ + kāma) = desirous of not dying (§14.1)
amata (adj and n noun) = non-dead, deathless, ambrosial (adj), ambrosia (§3.ex)
amatāya (ins,sg) dhātuyā (ins,sg) = in/towards the Deadless Element (i.e., Nibbāna) (§3.ex)
Ambapāli-vana (n) = the Ambapāli-grove (grove donated by Ambapāli to the Buddha and the Saṅgha)
(§10.ex)
ambho (ind.exclamatory particle) = hey! look here! I say! (§11.ex)
amha (1,pl of √as II ‘be’) = we are (§4.ex)
amhehi (ins,pl of mayaṃ) = by us (§8.ex)
amhi (1,sg, pre of √as II ‘be’) = I am (§6.3.3)
āmisa (adj) = flesh, material goods, worldly things (§5.ex)
amma (voc,f,sg, of ammā (f) ‘mother) = O mother! (§6.3.3)
amuka (adj) = a certain, such and such (§4.7.6)
amuṃ (acc,m,sg, of asu; qualifying dārukkhandhaṃ) = that (§5.ex)
amūsaṃ (gen,m,pl of asu ‘that’) = of those (§12.ex)
amutra (adv) = in a certain place, there, in such and such a place (§12.ex, §14.2)
āṇā (f) = command, order, authority (§13.ex)
anabhāva (m; < ana (a double negative particle) + bhāva) = non-existence (§8.2.2)
anādiyanta (PrP; < an + ādiyati) = not undertaking (§12.ex)
Ānaka (m, npr) = “Summoner”, name of a drum (§10.ex)
anamatagga (adj; attribute of saṃsāra. See BHSD on anavarāgra) = without end or beginning (§9.ex)
Ānanda (m, npr) = name of a monk (Buddha’s personal attendent) (§5.5.2)
anañña-saraṇa (adj, bahubbīhi; < an + añña + saraṇa) = with no other refuge, not having others as the
refuge (§13.ex)
Anāthapiṇḍika (m, npr) = name of a very rich lay disciple and donor of the Buddha (§3.9.1)
an-antavā (adj; nom,m,sg of an-antavant; qualifying loko) = ‘not having end’, infinite (§6.ex)
anatta (adj) = without a Self; anattato (abl, used as adv) = from the perspective of being without a Self
(§2.9.3.1)
272
Glossary
anatta (n) = not the Self, not a Soul (§14.4.2)

an-atthasaṃhita (adj) = non-beneficial (§7.ex)
anavajja (adj and n) = irreproachable, blameless (§12.ex)
anavajjatā (f) = blamelessness state of being beyond reproach (§11.ex)
aṇḍa (n) = egg (§8.3.2)
andha (adj) = blind (§7.3.3)
andha-tamaṃ (nom,n,sg) = blinding darkness, pitch darkness (§9.ex)
aneka-vihita (adj) = of various forms, various (§3.ex)
anekapariyāyena (ins,m,sg; used adverbially) = in various manners, through/from many perspectives
(§2.ex, §3.ex)
anekasata-kkhattuṃ (adv; num) = many hundreds of times (§14.ex)
aṅga (n/m) = a part of the body, limb, factor, a constituent, an aspect, a division (§8.2.2, §14.ex)
aṅguli/aṅguli(f) = a finger; a finger’s breadth (§3.9.1)
āṇi (m) = peg, bolt (§10.ex)
anicca (adj) = impermanent (§1.5; §2.6.2.2, §2.9.3.1)
anīka (m/n) = an army, troops (§14.ex)
ānisaṃsa (m) = merit, benefit (§10.ex)
añjali (/añjalī, m/f) = the cupped/folded hand (§8.1.1)
añjali-karaṇīya (adj; < añjali + FPP of √kṛ VIII 'do') = should be/to be worshipped with folded hands
(§8.1.1)
añña (adj and pronominal pron; see also §5.6) = different, other, another (§2.1); aññe (nom,m,pl;
pronominal adj) = other, others (§5.ex)
aññā (f. Skt: ājñā) = full/complete understanding (§2.9.2)
aññena aññaṃ (adv phrase) = with one another (§2.9.5)
añña-ādiso (adj, nom,m,sg) = of another kind, different, otherwise (§4.3.3)
aññā-citta (n) = thought (intention) for perfect insight (i.e., arahantship) (§14.ex)
aññadā (adv) = at another time, at other times (§10.2)
aññadatthu (ind) = ‘let there be anything else’, absolutely.exclusively, merely, only (§14.ex)
aññadatthu-dasa (adj) = seeing absolutely, seeing-all, the only seer, universal seer (§14.ex)
aññārādhanā (f/n, < aññā-ārādhanā) = accomplishment of full knowledge (§2.9.2)
añña-m-añña (adj, pron) = one another, each other (§2.ex)
añña-titthiya (adj) = (one) belonging to a different religious tradition (sect) (§5.ex)
aññatara (adj, pronominal) = one (of many), a certain, another, some, some other (§3.6.1, §12.ex)
aññatara-aññatara = any other, some other (§3.6.1)
aññatara-aññatarena (adj, ins,n,sg; qualifying vatthunā) = some other (§4.ex)
aññatarasmiṃ (loc,m,sg; pronominal adj for vanasaṇḍe) = in a certain (§5.6.2)
aññātāro (nom,m,pl; < aññā-tar, ag noun) = full knowers, those who fully understand. (§12.ex)
aññathā (adv) = otherwise, in a different manner (§14.2)
aññathatta (n) = change, the fact of becoming different; ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ = change of what is
staying/enduring (§9.ex)
aññatra (ind) = elsewhere; other than.excepting, but for (§2.ex)
aññatra ekena = except one, apart from one (§14.ex)
aṇṇava (n) = ocean (§2.ex)
aññāya (ger of ājānāti; < ā + √jñā IX, ‘know’) = well understanding, fully understanding (§6.4.2.1)
anta (m) = end.extremity.extreme (§4.2.2)
antagu/antagū (adj) = going to the end, having reached the end, having penetrated to the very depth;
paṭipada-antagu = having perfected/fulfilled the practice (§12.ex)
antakiriyāya (dat,f,sg of anta-kiriyā) = for the making an end, for ending (§9.2.4)
antamaso (adv; < antama + -so) = even so much as, as little as (§12.ex, §14.2)
antarā (adv) = inside, between, in between, on the way, meanwhile (§2.9.3)
antara-gharaṃ (ind) = among/between the houses (§4.ex)
antarā-kathā (f) = mutual talk, conversation (§13.ex)
antaradhāyamāna (PrP; pas, āt, < antara + √dhā III ‘put’) = being lost, disappearing, vanishing (§9.5.2)
273
antaradhāyi (3,sg; aor of antaradhāyati < antara-√dhā III ‘put’) = disappeared, vanished (§10.ex)
antarahita (PPP of antaradhāyati < antara-√dhā III ‘put’) = has vanished (§6.4.2.2, §10.ex)
antarāyāya (dat,m,sg) = for (leading to) obstruction (§7.3.6)
antare (loc used as adv) = in between, among (§2.10.4)
antavā (adj; nom,m,sg of anta-vant) = ‘having an end’, finite (§6.ex)
antima (adj) = last (§11.ex)
anto-gadha (adj) = contained, included (§9.ex)
anttevāsin (m) = a pupil; antevāsī (adj) = one living under (a teacher), a pupil; antevāsīvāsa (m) =
living/abiding as a pupil (§13.4.1)
anu- (commonly added prefix) = ‘following’, ‘according’, ‘subsequent’ (§3.1.1)
anubodha (m) = understanding, realization (§3.ex)
anubujjhati (3,sg; pre, < √budh IV ‘waken’) = understands, realizes (§3.ex, §8.ex)
anujānissāma (1,pl, fut < anu + √jñā IX ‘understand’) = we will permit, we will grant (§7.ex)
anukampati (3,sg; pre, < anu + √kamp I ‘tremble’) = pities, is compassionate (§3.ex)
anulomaṃ (adv) = in the normal order/sequence (§12.2.3)
anu-pa-dassati (3,sg, fut, of anupadeti < √dṛś I ‘see’) = he will give, he will hand over (§13.ex)
anuppatta (PPP of anupāpuṇāti, < anu + pra + √āp V ‘attain’, ‘acquire’) = arrived at, reached, attained
(§14.3.1)
anuyāyin (adj) = subject to, following (§13.ex)
anubyañjana (n) = secondary mark, details; anubyañjanaso (ind) = as to the secondary marks, in details
(§12.ex)
anudhammacārin (adj) = faring/coursing in accordance with the Dhamma (§11.ex)
anudhammaṃ (adv) = according with the proper method, in accordance with (§7.ex)
anudhāriyamāna (PrP, pas, āt; < caus of anu + √dhṛ I ‘hold’) = being held over; setamhi chatte
anudhāriyamāne (loc abs) = while a white parasol is being held over (him) (§11.ex)
anuggaha (m) = assistance, support, favour (§13.ex)
anuggāha-ka (adj) = helpful, supportive, supporter (§11.ex)
anujānāti (3,sg; ipv < anu + √jñā IX ‘know’) = permits, grants, advices, prescribes; anujānantu = may
they advice (3,sg ipv used to show respect to person requested) (§11.ex)
anukampā (f) = compassion (§9.2.4)
anukampaka (adj) = compassionate (§13.ex)
anukampaṃ upādāya (X upādāya = by reason of X) = on account of compassion, out of compassion
(§13.ex)
anukkamati (anu + √kram I ‘step’) = goes after, follows; anukkamitave (inf of anukkamati) = to go after,
to follow/pursue (§11.ex)
anulomika (adj) = affirmative, conformative, agreeing (§9.ex)
anulomikā khanti (f) = affirmative receptivity (§9.ex)
anupādā (ger; used in adv sense) = without clinging (§14.4.2)
anupādā-parinibbāna (n) = parinibbāna without clinging (§14.4.2)
an-upādā (= an-upādāya; < an + ger of upādiyati ‘appropriates to oneself’, ‘clings’) = without clinging
(§4.ex)
anupādāya (ger; < an + upa + ā + √dā III ‘give’) = by not clinging, without grasping (§6.3.3)
anupadeti/anuppadeti (3,sg; pre, < anu + pra + √dā III ‘give’) = gives, presents, hands over, provides,
supports, encourages (§13.ex)
anupādisesa (adj. Skt: anupadhiśeṣa) = without residue of substratum (the khandhas) (§2.1)
anupāpuṇāti (3,sg; pre, < anu + pra + √āp V ‘attain’, ‘acquire’) = arrives at, reaches, attains (§14.3.1)
anupassin (adj) = contemplating, continuously observing (§1.4.5, §4.6)
an-uppāda (m) = non-arising (§1.7.1)
an-uppanna (adj, PPP < √pad IV ‘go’; a(n) is negative prefix) = un-arisen (§1.7.1)
anuppāda-dhamma(n) (adj) = of the nature of non-arising (§6.ex)
anuppadātā (nom,m,sg, of ag noun anupadātar < anuppadeti ‘provides’, ‘supports’ ) = one who
encourages, one who supports/promotes (§12.ex)
anuppatta-sadattha (adj; bahubbīhi, < PPP of anupāpuṇāti + sadattha) = who has reached the True
274
Glossary
Goal (§14.3.1)
anupubba (adj) = gradual, sequential; anupubbaṃ (adv) = gradually (§2.9.1, anupubbī (f) §10.ex
anupubbaso (adv) = in a gradual/sequential order (§14.2)
anupubbu-upasanta (PrP < anupubbu + upa-√śam IV/I ‘be quiet’) = progressively ceased (died down)
(§9.5.3)
anuraho (adv) = in private, secretly (§2.ex)
anurakkhati (3,sg; pre, < anu + √rakṣ I ‘protect’) = protects, preserves (§6.3.3)
anurakkhissate (3,sg; fut, āt, < anu + √rakṣ I ‘protect’) = he will protect. (§9.ex)
anurodha (m) = attraction, liking (§13.ex)
anusāsamāna (PrP < anu + √śās II ‘teach’, ‘instruct’) = are instructing, are advising (§8.ex)
anusāsanī (nom,f,sg) = instruction, admonition (§5.ex)
anusāsati (3,sg; pre, < anu + √śās II teach) = teaches, instructs; anusāsamāna (PrP) = are instructing
(§8.ex); anusāsitabba (FPP) = should be instructed (§9.3.3)
anusikkhin (adj) = learning/training continuously; ahoratta-anusikkhinā (ins,m,sg; qualifying
bhikkhunā) = by training one day and night (§8.ex)
anussarati (3,sg; pre < anu + √smṛ I ‘remember’) = recollects, recalls (§14.ex)
anussati (f; For the declension of f noun, see §3.7) = recollection, continuous mindfulness (§1.ex)
anussati-ṭṭhāna (n) = state of recollection, quality of recollection, condition of recollection, subject of
recollection (§1.ex)
anuttara (adj) = unsurpassed, highest (§1.5)
an-uttara (adj) = un-surpassed, supreme (§2.8.1)
an-uttānīkataṃ (n; impersonal) = what has not been made clear (§13.2.1)
anuviloketi (3,sg; pre, < anu + vi + √lok X ‘look’) = looks around at, surveys (§8.ex
anuvyañjanaso (adv) = as to details, in detail, as to the letter (§14.2)
anuyuñjetha (2,pl; opt, < anu + √yuj VII ‘yoke’) = you should devote to, you should engage in (§13.4.2)
anv-addhamāsaṃ (adv; anu + addha-māsa ‘half-month’) = once in a fortnight (§12.2.3)
apa- (commonly added prefix) = ‘away’, ‘off’, ‘down’ (§3.1.1)
apācīnaṃ (adv) = below (§12.ex)
apagata-kāḷaka (adj) = having the dark spots removed (§10.ex)
āpajjati (3,sg, pre < ā + √pad IV ‘fall/go’) = gets into, falls into, falls into an offence, commits an
offence (§6.4.2.4)
āpajjiṃsu (3,sg, aor of āpajjati) = they fell into (§10.ex)
āpajjissatha (3,sg, āt; condl < ā + √pad IV ‘go’, ‘attain’) = would have reached/attained, if it were to
reach/attain (§14.ex)
apara (adj) = another, a further, later; aparena (adv) = at a later time, afterwards (§2.9.2)
aparaṃ (adv) = further (§8.1.1)
aparipūrakārin (adj) = not having made fulfilment, not fulfilling (§13.ex)
aparapaccayā (adv < abl used as adv) = not depending on others (§2.9.3)
apariyādinna (adj; < a + PPP of pariyādiyati ‘exhausts’, ‘puts an end’ < √dā III ‘give’; adj to mātumatāro)
= not exhausted, not ended (§12.ex)
āpatti (f) = entering into a state, transgression, offence (§13.ex)
apavīṇati (3,sg; pre, < √ven I ‘care for’, ‘observe’. Cf apacināti/apacinati, < √ci I ‘respect’) = watches
over, watches attentively, cares for, looks after (§13.ex)
apāya (m) = ‘going away’, perdition, miserable state (§3.ex)
apekkhā/apekhā (f) = longing for, desire.expectation , attention, regard (§13.ex)
api ca = but, but rather, moreover (§11.ex)
appa (adj; n) = little, small, trifling, few, rare; a little, a small amount (§14.ex)
appa-sadda (adj) = making little noise, quiet (§13.ex)
appaccaya (m) = discontent, ill-will, dejection (§2.ex)
appahīnā (PPP < a + pra + √hā III ‘abandon’) = have not been abandoned (§7.3.6)
appajānantā (nom,m,pl; PrP of a + pra + √jñā IX ‘understand’) = they are not understanding (§12.ex)
appamāda (m) = heedfulness, caution (often, it refers to mindfulness) (§2.ex)
appamāda-ppaṭipattiyaṃ (loc,f,sg of appamāda-ppaṭipatti) = practice of heedfulness (§8.ex)
275
appamāda-rata (adj; < appamāda + PPP of √ram I ‘delight’) = delighting in heedfulness (§4.6.2)
appeva (ind; < api + eva) = emphatic expression, used with opt: perhaps, if only; appeva nāma =
perhaps indeed, perhaps I might … (§7.4.5, §11.ex)
appiya (adj; opposite of piya) = unpleasant, disagreeable, dislikable; appiyehi (ins,m,pl) = with the
unpleasant (§2.6.1.1, §2.6.2.1)
appossukka/appossuka (adj; < appa + ussuka) = not caring, unconcerned (§12.ex)
āpucchati (3,sg, pre < ā + √prach VI ‘ask’) = asks, asks permission; āpucchitūna (= āpucchittvāna/
āpucchitvā; ger of āpucchati) = having asked, having asked for permission (§11.1.1)
a-takka-avacara (adj) = not the domain of reasoning, unattainable by reasoning (§8.1.1)

avidūre (loc used as adv ‘not far’) = in the vicinity, near to (§4.7.7)
avippaṭisāra (m) = non-remorse, non-regret (§6.4.2.2)
avivaṭa (impersonal, < a + PPP of vivarati) = what has not been revealed (§5.ex)
āyoga (m) = exercise, practice, effort.exertion; āyogaṃ √kṛ = make effort, practise (§9.ex)
ārabbha (ger of ārabhati < ā + √rabh I ‘take hold of’) = concerning, regarding (§7.ex)
ārabhati (3,sg, < √rabh I ‘grasp’; ā-rabh: ‘undertake’, ‘begins’, ‘be active’) = undertakes, becomes
energetic (§1.7.1)
āraddha (PPP, < ā + √rabh I ‘grasp’) = undertakes, embarks on, begins (§5.8.2)
āraddha-viriyo (adj, nom,m,sg) = having energy/vigor aroused, energetically mobilized, with
committed vigor (§2.7.1)
ārādhaka (adj) = winning approval, successful, accomplishing, fulfilling (§14.ex)
ārādhanā (f) = winning over, accomplishment (§2.9.2)
ārādhayiṃsu (3,pl, aor; caus < ā + √rādh V ‘succeed’, ‘win over’) = gladdened, pleased (§10.ex)
ārādheti (3,sg; pre, caus of ārajjhati (Skt: ārādhayati) < ā + √rādh V ‘succeed’, ‘win over’) = causes to
succeed, makes favourable, wins favour, satisfies, pleases (§5.ex)
arahā (nom,m,sg of arahant) = an arahant, a Worthy One (§6.4.2.3)
arahataṃ (gen,m,pl) = of the arahants (§6.3.3)
arahati (3,sg; pre, < √arh I ‘be fit’, ‘deserve’) = deserves, is worth, ought to (§11.1.3)
ārāma (m) = pleasure, delight, pleasure park, a garden (§3.9.1)
ārāma-cetiya (n) = a shrine in a park (§7.4.5)
ārambhavho (2,pl; ipv, āt of ārambhati/ārabhati, < ā + √rabh I ‘take hold of’) = you undertake! you
embark! you exert! (§9.ex)
arañña (n) = forest, hermitage; araññe (loc,n,sg) = in a forest/hermitage (§3.4.1)
arañña-gato (adj; PPP < √gam I ‘go’) = gone to the forest (§7.ex)
arañña-vihārena (ins,m,sg) = with forest-dwelling (§3.4.1)
ariya (adj; m/n) = noble, belong to the noble ones, of noble birth; a noble one, one with spiritual
attainment (§1.5)
ariya-sacca (n) = noble truth (§8.ex)
ariya-vaṃsa (m) = noble lineage (there are four: cīvara, piṇḍapāta, senāsana, bhāvanārāma) (§9.5.3)
ārogya (n) = freedom from sickness, health (§13.ex)
ārogya-parama (adj; bahubbbīhi, qualifying lābha) = having health as its highest/best (§13.ex)
āruppa (n) = formlessness, immateriality, the formless sphere (§12.ex)
āruppa-vāsin (adj: < arūpa ‘the formless’ + vāsa ‘dwelling’ < √vas I ‘dwell’ + -in) = dwelling in
formlessness (in the formless sphere) (§12.ex)
āsabha (adj; m. Skt: ārṣabha) = bull-like, belonging to a leader, king-like; bull-leader, bull-king (§10.
ex, §11.ex)
āsabhin (adj) = of a herd-leader, lordly; f: āsabhī (§11.ex)
asādhāraṇa (adj) = not shared, not common, unique. (note this word used with ins: ‘with/by’) (§2.6.2.1)
asakkhi (3,sg; aor of sakkoti < √śak V/IV ‘be able’) = he was able to; asakkhiṃ (1,sg; aor of sakkoti )
= I was able to (§13.ex)
asakkhiṃ (1,sg; aor, < √śak V/IV ‘be able’) = I was able to (§10.ex)
asaṃkhata (impersonal, < a + saṃ + PPP of √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = the unconditioned, the uncompounded
276
Glossary
(§5.ex)
asaṃkiṇṇa (PPP < a-sam -√kṝ VI ‘strew’) = unadulterated; asaṃkiṇṇa-pubba (adj) = never adulterated
before (§9.5.3)
asammosa (m) = non-forgetting; asammosāya (dat,m,sg) = for not forgetting (§3.ex)
āsana (n) = seat (§2.9.1, §3.4.1, 4.7.6)
asaṅkhatagāmin (adj, < asaṅkhata-gāmin) = leading to the unconditioned (§5.ex)
asappurisa (m, < a + sat + purisa; opposite to a sappurisa ‘true man’) = an untrue man (§5.ex)
asat (adj) = not real; asatena (ins,n,sg) = with what is not real, falsely (§12.ex)
āsava (m) = outflow (a synonym for defilements) (§5.ex)
āsaya (m) = resting place, home, heart, seat of feeling and thought, intention, disposition (§14.ex)
asayittha (3,sg, aor, āt < √sī II ‘sleep’. Skt: aśayiṣṭa) = he slept (§10.ex)
asayitthaṃ (1,sg; aor < √śī II ‘sleep’. This aor form is developed from the iṣ-aor asayittha: 3,sg, āt) =
I slept (§10.ex)
asesa (adj) = without remainder, complete, entire (§4.ex, §9.3.5.1)
āsiṃ (1,sg; aor of √as II ‘be’) = I was (§10.ex)
asīti (num) = eighty (§12.ex)
asīti me … vassāni pabbajitassa nābhijānāmi … (note) = Since the eight years I have gone forth, I do
not recollect … (§12.ex)
asītiyā (ins,f,sg) vassehi (ins,n,pl) (adv of time) = in the eighty ordination-years. Note that asītiyā is a
noun and not adj to vassehi (§12.4.1)
asītiyā (loc,f,sg of asīti) gāmasahassesu (loc,n,pl of the aggregate noun gāma-sahassa ‘village-
thousands’) = in 80,000 villages (§8.3.11)
asito (m, ‘not white’) Devala (m, npr) = ‘Devala, the Dark’, name of the sage who was asked to look at
Gotama when he was born (§4.3.3)
asmā (abl,m, of ayaṃ) = from this (§5.ex)
asmiṃ (loc,m,sg; of demon pron ayaṃ ‘this’. For declension, see §5.2) = in this (§1.ex)
asnātha (2,pl; ipv of asnāti < √aś IX ‘eat’. For ipv, see §9.2) = you eat! (§6.2.1)
asnāti (3,sg; pre, < √aś IX ‘eat’) = eats (§6.2.1)
asoka (adj) = sorrowless (§1.5)
assa (2,sg; opt < √as II ‘be’) = you could/might be (§6.4.2.3)
assa (3,g, opt; < √as II ‘be’. For opt, see §7.4) = it would/could be, there would be (§6.4.2.2)
assa (dat/gen,m,sg, of ayaṃ) = of this, of this (§2.1, §5.ex, §6.4.2.5, §8.ex)
assa (m) = horse (§6.2.1)
assāda (m) = tasting, advantage, flavour, enjoyment, favourable side (§6.ex)
assāda-anupassino (dat/gen,m,sg; qualifying tassa) = for/of one contemplating on the enjoyment (§6.
ex)
assāsā (nom,m,pl) = relief, assurances, confidence, sense of security (§4.7.7)
assasanto (nom,m,sg; PrP of assasati) = breathing in (§7.ex)
assasati (3,sg; pre, < ā + √śvas I/II ‘breathe) = breathes in (§7.ex)
assatarī (f) = a she-mule (§6.ex)
assatariṃ (acc,f,sg, of assatarī) = a she-mule (§4.ex)
assu (3,pl, opt of asti) = they could/might be (§7.3.6, §7.4.5)
assu (n) = tear (§9.1.1)
assu (opt, 3,pl of atthi) kukkuṭiyā (ins,f,sg) adhisayitāni = might have been sat upon by the hen (§8.3.2)
assu-mukha (adj) = having a face of tears (§9.1.1)
assutavā (nom,m,sg PPA of a + sutavant < √śru V ‘hear’) = has not heard, unlearned (§14.3.1)
assutāvino (nom,m,pl of assutāvin; PPA < a + √śru V ‘hear’) = ‘have not heard’, not learned (§14.3.1)
asubhā (nom,f,sg) = impurities, meditation on the loathsome, meditation on impurities (§8.ex)
asubhaṃ (acc,f,sg, of asubhā) = meditation on impurities (§7.ex)
āsuṃ (3,pl; aor < √as II ‘be’) = they were (§10.ex)
ātappa (abst noun, < ātāpa + -ya) = ardour, zeal, asceticism; ātappāya: dat,n,sg (§6.4.2.4)
ātappāya (dat,n,sg of ātappa (n)) = ardour, zeal, asceticism (§6.4.2.4)
atha (ind) = and, then, next, just then, and yet, but (§6.4.2.2). yato and atha correlate: when … then …
277
(§8.ex)
atha kho (ind phrase) = and yet, and moreover, but moreover, but also (§13.ex)
ati- (commonly added prefix) = ‘over’, ‘beyond’, ‘surpassing’, ‘too (much)’, ‘excessive’ (§3.1.1)
atidivā (adv) = late in the day, too late (§3.ex)
atidūre (adv) = too far (§3.ex)
atikālena (ins, used as adv) = too early (§3.ex)
atikkantamānusaka (adj; < ati + PPP of √kram I ‘step’ + mānusa + ka) = surpassing human, superhuman
(§6.ex)
atimānaṃ (acc,m,sg) = arrogance, conceit, superiority complex (§3.6.1)
atireka (adj) = extra (§11.ex)
atisaṇikaṃ (adv) = too slowly (§3.ex)
atisīghaṃ (adv) = too fast (§3.ex)
atisithilā (adj; nom,f,pl) = over lax, over loose (§7.ex)
atithi (m) = guest (§8.ex)
atīta (PPP < ati + √i II ‘go’) = gone past, gone beyond, transcended (§8.1.2)
ativijjha (ger < ati + √vidh/vyadh IV ‘pierce’) = having penetrated, penetratively (§4.5.4)
atra, attha (adv) = here (§14.2)
atta(n) (m; Skt: ātman) = self, the Self, the Soul (§5.1.1); acc,m,sg: attānaṃ (§7.4.5)
atta-ādhipateyya (n) = dominant influence of oneself (§11.ex)
attadīpa (adj, bahubbīhi; < atta(n) + dīpa) = with oneself (yourselves) as the island (§13.ex)
attahetu (adv) = because of oneself, for one’s own sake (§4.ex)
attasaraṇa (adj, bahubbīhi; < atta(n) + saraṇa) = with oneself (yourselves) as the refuge (§13.ex)
attavadha (m) = self-destruction; attavadhāya (dat,m,sg) = to/towards own destruction (§6.ex)
attamana (adj) = delighted, greatly pleased (§3.4.1)
attan-tapo (adj, nom,m,sg) = tormenting oneself (§5.ex)
attanā (ins used as adv) jarādhammo samāno = being himself subject to aging (§6.ex)
attānaṃ pātukaroti (3, sg; pre) = manifests/reveals oneself (§9.ex)
attavāda (m) = doctrine of a Self (§3.ex)
attha (m) = meaning, purpose, benefit, wealth, object, thing, matter, affair (§1.7.1, §5.ex, §9.ex)
attha (m/n; Skt: asta (n)) = setting (e.g., of sun), ending (§10.ex)
aṭṭha (nom,m,pl; num) = eight (§1.ex)
aṭṭha purisa-puggalā (nom,m,pl) = the eight individual persons (§1.ex)
attha-caraṃ (PrP, nom,m,sg, < √car I ‘move’) = faring for the welfare (of men) (§11.ex)
attha-vādī (nom,m,sg < attha-vādin ‘having meaningful speech’) = one who makes meaningfully (§4.
ex)
attha, atra (adv) = here (§14.2)
atthakāma (adj; m) = wishing benefit; desire, for benefit (§9.ex)
atthakāma-anukampato (adv. ~anukampako (? ‘compassionate’)) = in terms of (/in respect of) wish for
benefit and compassion (§9.ex)
atthaṃ gacchati = goes into cessation/extinction; atthaṃ agamā (3,sg, aor of gacchati) = it went into
extinction (§10.ex)
aṭṭhamī (f) = the 8th day of a fortnight (§13.ex)
atthaṅ-gama (m) = setting, going into cessation/extinction, cessation, disappearance, annihilation (§10.
ex)
atthaṅgama (m) = annihilation, disappearance, passing away (§13.ex)
aṭṭhaṅgika (adj) = eight-limb, comprising eight parts, eight-fold (§5.5)
atthaññū (nom,m,sg) = who knows the good (§11.ex)
atthavasa (m) = reason, benefit, advantage (§13.ex)
atthi (3,sg; pre, < √as II ‘be’) = exists, is (§2.1); na atthi = there does not exist (§2.6.1.2, §4.2.1); asmi
(1,sg; pre) = I am (§4.ex); asi (2,sg; pre) = you are (§4.ex).
“atthi paro loko”ti iti ce me assa, “atthi paro loko”ti iti te naṃ byākareyyaṃ = If it would occur to me (/
if I would think, iti ce me assa) “there is a world beyond”, I would explain/declare that (naṃ) to you:
“there is a world beyond” (§14.ex)
278
Glossary
atthitā (f; abst noun) = existence (§6.ex)

attho ca vutto, attā ca anupanīto = the meaning has been brought out (uttered), but oneself (attā) has
not been alluded to (§5.ex)
aṭṭiyati/aṭṭīyati (3,sg; pre; denom < aṭṭa ‘distressed’) = is troubled, is worried, is distressed, is pained, is
discomforted (§14.ex)
ava-/-o- (commonly added prefix) = ‘down’, ‘below’ (§3.1.1)
avaca (aor, 2/3,sg, of √vac II ‘say’. Also: avoca, voca) = you said (§12.ex)
avacuttha (2,pl; aor < √vac II ‘say’) = you said (§13.4.1)
avaṇṇa (n) = faults, negative aspect, dispraise (§2.ex, §3.ex, §12.4.1)
avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati = speaks in dispraise, vilifies (§2.ex)
āvāsa (m) = dwelling place, residence; āvāsa-sahassa (n; aggregate noun of numeral) = ‘residence-
thousand’; caturāsīti āvāsasahassāni = 84,000 dwelling places (§8.ex)
āvāsika (adj, m) = resident, in residence; a resident (monk) (§3.ex)
avasiṭṭha (PPP of avasissati , < ava + √śiṣ VII/I ‘remain’) = left over, remaining (§6.ex , §13.2.1)
āvattati/āvaṭṭati (3,sg, < ā + √vṛt I ‘turns’) = turns to, turns round, turns back, reverts (§11.ex)
avecca (ger of ava + √i II ‘go’) = having understood, having penetrated (§5.ex)
avecca-ppasāda (m) = clarified faith based on realization/ true understanding (§5.ex)
avhāyati/avheti (3,sg; pre, < ā + √hve I ‘call’) = calls, summons, invokes (§13.ex)
avidūre (loc used as adv) = not far, near (§2.10.4)
avijjā (f) = ignorance (§2.6.2.1, §4.ex)
avijjā-gato (adj; nom,m,sg) = ‘gone into ignorance’, immersed in ignorance, is ignorant (§7.ex)
avijjā-nīvaraṇa (adj, qualifying satta) = having ignorance as hindrance, hindered by ignorance (§9.ex)
avipallattha (adj; nom,f,sg; < a + vi + pari + √as IV ‘throw’ Skt: viparyasra) = non-topsy-turvy (§6.ex)
avītadosa (adj, bahubbīhi; < a + vīta + dosa) = not free from hatred (§13.ex)
avītamoha (adj, bahubbīhi; < a + vīta + moha) = not free from delusion (§13.ex)
avoca (3,sg; aor, < √vac II ‘speak’. See also avaca) = he said (§10.ex)
avocuṃ (3,pl; aor < √vac II ‘say’) = they said (§10.ex)
āvuso (voc,m,sg/pl) = friend, sir (§4.5.3)
ayaṃ (dem pron, nom,m/f,sg) = this (§3.9.1, §4.2.2 , §4.6.2, §5.5)
āyatane eva dhamma-desanā = the teaching of the Dhamma is just in its own sphere (§5.ex)
āyatiṃ (adv) = in the future (§6.ex)
āye (acc,m/n,pl, of āya < √i II ‘go’) = coming in (§5.8.2)
ayo (= aya(s); n) = iron; ayo-ghana (m/n) = iron hammer (§9.5.3)
ayoghanahata (adj; < ayoghana + PPP of √han II ‘strike’) = hammered with an iron hammer (§9.5.3)
āyu (n,m; Skt: āyus) = life, longevity (§4.ex)
āyu-pamāṇa (n) = life-span (§8.3.3)
ayyaka/ayyika (m) = grandfather (§13.ex)
babhūva (3,sg; pf < √bhū I ‘become’, ‘arise’) = there arose (§12.ex)
bahiddhā (adv) = externally (§1.6.1, §4.6.2, §14.2)
bāhira (adj) = external, belonging to the external (§8.ex)
bahu (adj) = many, much (§6.ex)
bahu-jana (m) = ‘many people’, the multitude (§1.4.6, §9.2.4)
bahu-ssuta (adj) = ‘heard much’, learned, instructed, knowledgeable (§4.ex, §13.ex)
bahudhā (adv) = in many ways, variously (§14.2)
bahukāra (adj) = doing much, greatly helpful, of great service. ) (§1.ex, §7.4.5)
bahula (adj) = many, much (§2.9.1)
bahulaṃ (acc,n,sg; used as adv) = much, a lot, often (§2.9.1)
bahulī-kata (< bahula + PPP of √kṛ VIII ‘do’; adj to cetovimutti) = ‘much done’, repeatedly practiced
(§13.2.1)
bahulīkatatta (n, abst noun) = the fact of having repeatedly practiced (§8.3.3.1)
Baka (m, npr) = name of a Brahmā (§7.ex)
bala (adj; n) = powerful, strong; power, strength, force (§5.ex)
bāla (adj, m) = young, new, childish, ignorant, foolish; a fool, a childish person, an immature person
279
(§1.5)
bala-vant (adj) = powerful, strong (§5.ex, §12.ex)
balakaraṇīya (FPP < bala + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = to be done with strength, strenuous (§9.5.3)
balānīka (adj, bahubbīhi; < bala + anīka) = with a strong army, who has a powerful troop (§14.ex)
balasā (ins of bala, used as adv) = by force (§13.ex)
bāḷha (adj; placed in front suggesting an emphasis) = strong, severe, grievous (§2.7.1)
bandhana (n) = bondage; māra-bandhana = Mara’s bondage (§7.ex)
bandha (m) = bondage (§9.5.3)
bandhu (m)= kinsman, relative; bandhupādāpacca (adj) = offspring from the feet of our kinsman
(Brahmā) (§12.ex)
barihisa (n) = sacrificial grass (§10.ex)
Bāvari (m, npr) = name of a Brahmin teacher (§9.ex)
bāvarissa ca tuyhaṃ vā sabbesaṃ sabbasaṃsayaṃ … pucchavho = … ask all the doubts that Bāvari and
you, or all [the others] have (§9.ex)
bhaddaka (adj) = good, good-quality, auspicious (§6.4.2.5)
Bhaddāli (m; npr) = name of a monk (§13.ex)
bhaga ‘good fortune’, ‘majesty’, ‘excellence’, etc. → bhaga-vant ‘possessing fortune’, fortunate.
excellent, blessed (§4.4.1)
bhāga (m) = share, part, portion (§10.ex)
bhāgaso (adv) = by parts, in parts, in portions (§14.2)
bhagavatā (ins,m,sg; here ins for comparison: ‘than’) = than the Fortunate One (§4.3.3)
bhagavati (loc,m,sg) = in the Fortunate One (§4.3.3)
bhajati (3,sg, pre < √bhaj I ‘divide’) = divides, partakes, associates with, resorts to (§6.ex)
bhajitabba (FPP of bhajati < √bhaj I ‘divide’) = should be associated with (§9.ex)
bhakkhayitvā (ger of bhakkhayati/bhakkheti; < √bhakṣ X ‘eat’) = having eaten (§6.4.2.1)
bhamu (f) = eyebrow (§3.9.1)
bhaṇāmase (1,pl; āt ipv, < √bhaṇ I ‘speak’, ‘utter’) = Let us speak (§9.3.5.1)
bhaṇḍana-jātā (adj; nom,m,pl) = got into quarrels (§11.ex)
bhaṇita (PPP < bhaṇati, √bhaṇ I ‘speak’; n,sg, used as action noun) = speaking, talking (§7.2.1)
bhaññamāna (PrP, āt, pas < √bhaṇ I ‘speak’, ‘utter’) = being spoken (§9.ex)
bhante (voc,m,sg; but sometimes apparently also pl) = Venerable Sir(s) (§2.9.1)
bhāra (m) = burden (§12.ex)
bhāra-ādāna (n; tappurisa-samāsa) = taking up of a burden (§12.ex)
bhāra-hāra (m; tappurisa-samāsa) = burden-carrier (§12.ex)
Bhāradvāja (m, npr) = name of a Brahmin (§5.ex)
bharaṇā (f; used in cpd) = support, supporting, maintaining (§13.2.1)
bharati (3,sg; pre, < √bhṛ I/III ‘bear’) = bears, supports, maintains (§12.ex)
bhariyā (f) = wife (§12.ex)
bhāsamāna (PrP, āt, < √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = speaking (§9.ex)
bhāsassu (2,sg; ipv, āt < √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = you speak! (§9.3.5.1)
bhāsate (3,sg; pre, āt < √bhās I ‘shine’) = shines (§9.3.3)
bhāsitā (nom,m,sg. of ag noun bhāṣitṛ; note that it takes the patient avaṇṇaṃ (acc)) = speaker (§12.ex)
bhāsita (PPP of bhāsati; < √bhās I ‘speak’) = spoken (§6.2.1)
bhāti (3,sg; pre, < √bhā II ‘shine’) = shines (§4.2.2)
bhattu (dat,m,sg, of ag noun bhattar; Skt: bhartṛ) = to/for the master (§5.5)
bhava-saṃyojana (n) = existence-fetter (§14.3.1)
bhavaṃ (nom,m,sg of bhavant 2nd pers pron ‘you sir’, but used with 3rd pers verb) = you sir (§3.4.1),
honorable, venerable
bhavaṃ gotamo = the Venerable Gotama, the Master Gotama (§3.ex)
bhāvanā (f) = cultivation, development; citta-bhāvanā (f) = mental cultivation (§14.3.1)
bhāvanīya (adj; FPP < √bhū I ‘become’) = to be cultivated, to be esteemed, to be respected (§14.ex)
bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro (peri fut; but upasaṅkamitāro also can be taken simply as ag noun) = they
will approach (§12.ex)
280
Glossary
bhavati (3,sg; pre, √bhū I ‘be’, ‘become’, ‘exist’) = arises, becomes, be.exists (§2.1)
bhāvayati (3,sg, pre of caus of bhavati) = practices, develops, cultivates (§7.ex)
bhāvetabba (FPP < caus of √bhū I “become’) = should be cultivated, should be developed (§5.ex, §8.ex)
bhāvetha (ipv, 2,pl; < caus of √bhū I ‘become’) = (you) cultivate, develop (§12.ex)
bhāveti (3,sg; pre, caus of bhavati < √bhū I ‘become’) = causes to become/arise, cultivates, develops
(§3.10.1)
bhāvetuṃ (inf of bhāveti, caus < √bhū I ‘become’) = to cultivate, to develop (§11.1.4)
bhavissare (3,pl; pre, fut āt, < √bhū I ‘become’) = they will be/become (§9.3.4.3)
bhavissati (3,sg, fut of bhavati) = it/he will become, there will come to, there will be (§4.ex)
bhāvitatta (n, abst noun) = the fact of having cultivated (§8.3.3.1)
bhavitvā (ger of bhavati, < √bhū I ‘become’) = having been (§14.ex)
bhaya (n/m) = fear, danger (§4.6.2, §7.ex)
bhaya-bherava (n) = fear and dread, fear (§7.4.5)
bhaya-dassin (adj) = seeing fear; nom,m,sg: bhaya-dassi/bhaya-dassī) (§4.6.2)
bhāyati (3,sg; pre, < √bhī III ‘fear’) = is afraid of, fears (§1.4.6)
bheda (m) = breaking up; division, splitting, difference (§2.6.2)
bhedeti (3,sg; pre, caus < √bhid VII ‘split’) = causes to split (§3.10.1)
bherava (adj and n; < bhīru Skt: bhaivara < √bhī III ‘fear’) = fearful; fear, terror, dread (§7.4.5)
bhikkhavo (acc,m,pl of bhikkhu) = the bhikkhus (§8.ex)
bhikkhu (m) = a monk (§3.4.1)
bhikkhave (voc,m,pl) = O monks! (§3.4.1)
bhikkhu-saṅgha (m) = monk-community; bhikkhu-saṅghena (ins,m,sg): with the bhikkhu-saṅgha
(§2.6.1.3)
bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhato (gen, abs) = (even) while the monastic community was looking on (§9.ex)
bhikkhunī (f) = a nun (§3.9.1)
bhiṃsanaka (adj) = horrifying, awe-inspiring (§7.4.5)
bhindissāmi (1,sg; fut < √bhid VII ‘break’, ‘split’); na pallaṅkaṃ bhindissāmi = I’ll not break this cross-
legged posture (§12.ex)
bhindati (3,sg; pre, < √bhid VII ‘split’. Skt: bhinatti) = splits, breaks, divides (§10.2.1); PPP: bhinna
(§12.ex)
bhiyyo-abhiñña-taro (nom,m,sg; adj to samaṇo) = superior in supramundane knowledge (§4.3.3)
bho (ind; voc of bhavant) = sir, friend, you sir, you; sirs (§6.ex)
bhoga (m) = wealth (§6.ex, §11.ex)
bhojana (n) = food, eating (§2.9.1, §4.5.4)
bhuñjati (3,sg; pre, √bhuj I ‘enjoy’) = eats; bhuñjāmi (1,sg) = I eat (§2.9.1); bhuñjāhi (2,sg; ipv) = you
eat (§9.ex)
bhūta (PPP < √bhū I ‘become’, adj; also noun, n/m) = become, produced, real.existent; bhūtā/bhūtāni
(pl) = living beings, ghosts, non-humans, elements (mahā-bhūtāni, the four ‘Great Elements’)
(§6.3.3)
bhūta-pubbaṃ (adv) = formerly (§10.ex)
bhūta-vādī (nom,m,sg < bhūta-vādin ‘having truthful speech’) = speaker of truth (§4.ex)
bhūtānaṃ … sattānaṃ = for beings who are existing (have come into being) (§13.ex)
bhūtavādī (adj; nom,m,sg; < bhūtavādin) = speaking what is true (§7.ex)
bodha (m) = enlightenment, awakening (§1.ex)
bodhi-rukkha (n) = Bodhi-tree (§12.ex)
bodhiyā (gen,fsg) = of enlightenment (§3.9.1)
brahmā (nom,m,sg of brahman) = the Brahmā (§5.1.3, §7.ex); brahmunā: ins,m,sg (§5.ex)
brahma-bhūta (PPP < √bhū I ‘become’) = ‘become Brahma’, become the holy, attained the holy/
highest; brahmabhūtena (ins used as adv, modifying viharati) attanā viharati = he abides being by
himself holy-attained, he abides in the manner of having himself attained the holy (§5.ex)
brahmacariya-pañcama (adj, bahubbīhi) = with celibacy as the fifth (§10.ex, §13.3.4)
brahmacariya (n) = Brahma-faring, spiritual life (§3.ex, §3.10.1, §8.1.1)
brāhmaṇa (m) = brahmin (§1.ex, §2.ex, §3.9.1)
281
brāhmaṇa-dūta (m) = brahmin emissary (§9.3.5.1)

brāhmaṇakaññā (nom,f,sg; kammadhāraya-samāsa. Note brāhmaṇā as adj for kaññā is put in m in the
compound) = the Brahmin woman (§13.ex)
Brahmāyu (m; npr) = name of a Brahmin (§6.ex)
brahmūpamo (nom,m,sg, < brahma+upamā) = like Brahma (§4.ex)
brūmi (1,sg; pre, < √brū II ‘say’) = I say (§5.ex)
brūti (3,sg; pre, < √brū II ‘say)= he says, he speaks (§4.ex); 1,sg: brūmi (§9.5.3, §14.3.1)
buddha (adj; PPP of √budh IV/I ‘be awake’) = awaken, enlightened. (buddho here is an adj for so) (§1.
ex)
buddha-ppamukha (adj; bahubbīhi) = with Buddha as the head (§13.3.4)
buddhi ‘understanding’ → buddhi-mant ‘intelligent’ (§4.4.2)
bujjhati (3,sg; pre, √budh IV ‘awake’. Skt: budhyate) = is awake, is enlightened, understands (§3.3)
byādhayissasi/vyādhayissasi (2,sg; fut, < caus of √vyath IV ‘tremble’) = you will make tremble (§9.ex)
byādhi-dhamma (adj) = subject to sickness, of the nature of sickness (§6.ex)
byākareyyaṃ (= vyākareyyaṃ; 1,sg; opt of vyākaroti) = I would explain/answer (§7.3.6)
byākaroti (3,sg; < vi + ā + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = explains, answers (§7.3.6, §7.ex)
byākarotu (/vyākarotu; 3,sg, ipv of vyākaroti) = let him (the Bhagavat) answer/explain (§9.ex)
byantī-akāsiṃ (1,sg, aor, < vy-anta + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = I made an end, I finished off (§13.2.1)
byāpāda/vyāpāda (m) = ill-will, malevolence (§1.4.5)
byāpanna-citta / vyāpanna-citta (adj, bahubbīhi; < vyāpanna (PPP < vi + ā + √pad IV ‘go’) + citta) =
with a mind of ill-will (§13.ex)
byāpannacitta-paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappa-sandosa-hetu (adv) = because of the corruption of having ill-
will and corrupted intention (§13.ex)
byasana (n) = calamity, misfortune (§9.5.3)
ca (ind; enclitic) = and (§1.6)
cāga (m) = giving away, abandoning, gift, generosity (§2.6.2.1)
cakkavattī (nom,m,sg; < cakka-vattin; adj) = wheel-turning (§8.ex)
cakkhu (n) = eye (§3.6.1); cakkhunā (ins,n,sg) = with eye (§3.6.1)
cakkhu-viññāṇaṃ (nom,n,sg) = eye-consciousness (§3.6.1)
cakkhuviññeyya (adj) = cognizable by the eye (§6.ex)
cakkka-vatti(n) (m, adj) = ‘wheel-weilder’, a universal monarch (§5.ex)
caṇdāla (m) = an outcaste (§5.8.2)
caṅkamati (3,sg; pre, inten < √kram I ‘step’) = walks up and down, walks in meditation (§3.4.1, §14.ex)
caraṇa (n) = (good) conduct (§4.ex)
caratha (2,pl, ipv < √car I ‘move’) cārikaṃ (acc,f,sg) = wander (on) the wandering (§9.2.4)
carati (3,sg; pre, < √car I ‘move’, ‘go’) = moves, goes, walks, travels over; conducts oneself, lives,
practices (§1.7.1)
cārika (adj; m/n) = moving about, practicing; a wandering; a wandering ascetic (§1.7.1)
cārikā (f) = moving about, wandering (§9.2.4)
cārikaṃ carati = ‘moves on a wandering’, wanders on, travels about (§1.7.1)
catasso (nom,f,pl; num) = four (§6.ex)
cattāri (nom,n,pl of num catu) = four (§1.ex, §8.ex)
cattāri purisa-yugāni = four pairs of persons (§1.ex)
cattāro (nom,m,pl, of num catu) = four (§4.7.7, §5.ex)
cātuddasī (f) = the 14th day of a fortnight (§13.ex)
catuddisā (adv) = in the four directions (§8.ex)
cātumahārājika (adj) = of the Four Great Kings; cātumahārājikānaṃ (dat,m,pl) devānaṃ (dat,m,pl) =
for the gods under the Great Kings (§8.ex)
catunnaṃ (gen,n,pl; qualifying satipaṭṭhānānaṃ) = of four (abiding of mindfulness) (§2.6.2.1)
catuppāda-ka (adj, bahubbīhi) = having four legs, four-legged (§13.3.5)
catuppadam pi gāthaṃ (acc,f,sg; object of desitā) = even a four-line stanza (§12.ex)
cāturanta (adj; < catu(r) + anta) = with the four (oceans) as boundaries, consisting of the four
(continents); ruler of the whole world (§14.ex)
282
Glossary
catūsu (adj; loc,m,pl, of num catu) = in four (§6.3.3)

cavati (3,sg; pre, < √cyu I ‘fall’) = falls (from), falls away, perishes, dies; cavamāna PrP, āt = falling
away, dying (§6.ex)
cetanā (f) = volition, will (§2.ex)
cetas/ceto (n) = thought, mind; cetaso: gen,n,sg = of the mind, mental (§13.ex)
ceteti (/cinteti. 3,sg; pre, < √cit I ‘consider’ / √cint X ‘think’) = I think about, I intend (§6.3.3)
cetiya (n) = a shrine (§7.4.5)
ceto-vimutti (f) = liberation of mind (§13.2.1)
chādeti/chādayati (3,sg; pre, < √chad X ‘cover’) = covers, covers up, conceals (§2.ex)
chambhitattaṃ (nom,n,sg; abst noun) = stiffness (out of fear), trepidation (§7.ex)
chanda (m) = desire, longing for, predilection (§3.ex)
chandassa (dat,m,sg) = to/for inclination/desire (§7.4.5)
channaṃ (gen,n,pl of cha ‘six’) = of six (§4.ex)
chatta (n) = parasol (§11.ex)
chattiṃsa-kkhattuṃ (adv; num) = 36 times (§14.ex)
checchati (3,sg, fut; < √chid VII ‘cut’) = he will cut (§7.ex)
chijjiṃsu (3,pl; pas aor of chijjati < √chid VII ‘cut’) = were cut (§10.ex)
chindati (√chid VII ‘cut’) = cuts; 3,sg, pas: chijjati = is cut (§10.ex)
chinnamūlaka (adj, bahubbīhi; < chinna (PPP of √chid VII ‘cut’) + mūla + -ka) = having its root cut
off (§13.ex)
ciṇṇa (PPP of carati < √car I ‘move’) = practiced (§9.2.4)
cinteti (3,sg; pre, √cint X ‘think’) = thinks, thinks about, considers (§2.5.2)
cira (adj) = long (time); cirena (adv) = for a long time (§2.9.2)
citta (n) = thought, mind (§1.ex, §3.ex, §2.7.1)
citta-saṅkhāraṃ (acc,m,sg) = mental activity (§7.ex)
citta-vūpākāsena (ins,m,sg) = by mental isolation (§3.10.1)
citte … vigatūpakkilese (loc abs) = when the mind has been freed from defilements (§13.ex)
cittuppāda (m; < citta + uppāda) = generation/production of thought (§1.ex)
cīvara (n) = robe (§4.5.3, §12.4.1)
cīvara-hetu (adv) = for the reason of (gaining) robes (§11.ex)
cīvarakāra-samaya (m) = time of robe-making (§12.ex)
cīyate (3,sg; pas < √ci V ‘gather’) = is gathered, is accumulated (§9.ex)
codeti (3,sg; pre, < √cud X ‘impel’) = impels, urges, reproves, reprimand (§2.ex)
codita (PPP of caus < √cud I ‘impel’ ) = impelled, incited, urged, reproached, admonished (§9.ex)
cora (m) = thief (§2.6.2.1, §5.ex, §12.ex)
cutu-upapāta-ñāṇa (n) = knowledge of passing away and rebirth (§13.ex)
dabbha/dabba (m) = grass (§10.ex)
dade (3,sg; opt < √dā III ‘give’) = he should give (§7.4.5)
dadhi (n) = curd, cream (§10.ex, §12.ex)
dahara (adj; m) = young; a youth (§14.ex)
daharasseva sato … kumārakassa vā kumārikāya vā (the gen can be taken together with sato (gen,sg,
of PrP < √as II ‘be’) to constitute a gen ab; or else, they can be taken in the simple gen sense “of”)
= (gen abs:) when the boy or girl is young (§14.ex)
dahati (= dadhāti; < √dhā III ‘put’) = places, holds, fixes, considers as (§8.2.2, §8.ex)
dakkha (adj) = able, clever, skilled (§11.1.2)
dakkhati/dassati (3,sg, < √dṛś I ‘see’) = sees (§14.ex)
dakkhiṇa (adj) = right (§3.ex)
dakkhiṇā (f) = a gift, a donation (§14.ex)
dakkhiṇeyya (adj. Skt: dakṣiṇeya/dakṣiṇīya) = worthy of veneration, venerable, to be offered presents
(§8.1.1)
dakkhiti = (3,sg, fut; < √dṛś I ‘see’) = he will see (§7.ex)
dakkiṇato (adv) = from the right side, to the right, from the south, to the south (§14.2)
daḷha (adj) = firm (§9.ex, §11.ex)
283
daḷha-parakkama (adj) = firm in striving, firm in courage (§4.ex)

dama (n) = taming, control (§7.4.5)
damemi (1,sg; pre < √dam IV ‘tame’) = I tame (§9.3.3)
damma (adj; FPP < √dam IV ‘tame’) = to be tamed (§2.8.1)
dāna-pati (m) = major/chief donor (§2.ex)
dānasaṃvibhāga-rata (adj; < dāna-saṃvibhāga + PPP of √ram I ‘enjoy’) = delighting in the distribution
of gifts (§14.ex)
daṇda (m/n) = a stick, rod (§6.3.3)
daṇḍa-ādāna (n) = taking up of a stick, violence (§10.ex)
dāni (ind, enclitic) = now (§8.1.2, §9.2.4, §11.ex)
dāra (m. Also dārā (f)) = wife (§5.8.2)
daratha (m) = disturbance (§7.4.5)
dāru (n) = wood, a piece of timber (§5.ex)
dasama (num, ordinal) = the tenth (§6.2.1)
Dasāraha (m, npr) = name of a Khattiya clan (§10.ex)
dassana (n) = seeing, vision, sight (§1.ex)
dassana-kāma (adj, bahubbīhi; < dassana + kāma) = desirous of seeing, wishing to see. (dassana-kāma
means the same as duṭṭhu-kāma. See Ex. 14) (§14.1)
dassanīya (adj) = good-looking, attractive, beautiful (§6.2.1)
dassāvin (PPA < √dṛś I ‘see’) = has seen; one who has seen; adassāvin = who has not seen, who does
not go to see, who has no regard for (§14.ex)
dāṭhino (nom,m,pl < dāṭḥā (f) ‘large tooth’ + -in = those having large teeth (§6.4.2.1)
daṭṭhabba (FPP; < √dṛś I ‘see’) = should not be seen (§13.ex)
daṭṭhukāma (adj, bahubbīhi; < daṭṭhuṃ (inf of √dṛś I ‘see’) + kāma) = desirous of seeing, wishing to
see (§14.ex)
dava (m) = amusement (§11.ex)
dāyāda (m) = heir (§2.6.2.1)
dāyaka (m) = donor (§2.ex)
deseti (3,sg; pre, caus < √diś VI ‘point out’, ‘show’. But the caus means effectively the same as disati) =
shows, points out, teaches (the Dhamma) (§1.4.3, §3.ex, §9.2.4, §9.ex); desenta: PrP (§6.ex)
deva (m) = a god, a deity, a divine being, the sky, a rain-cloud (§1.4.3, §11.ex)
devabhūta (adj) = as a deity, in the form of a deity (§5.ex)
devatā (f) = deity; devatā is here nom,f,pl (§2.ex)
devatta (n; abst noun) = state of the gods (§6.4.2.1)
dhaja-agga (n) = top of a flag/banner (§9.5.3)
dhamm-in (adj) = having the nature; X-dhammin = having the nature of X (§4.ex)
dhamma (m; has various meanings) = doctrine, truth, virtue, factor of existence, condition, mental
state, mental object, etc. (§1.4.3)
dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti = ‘the dhammas endure/bear up to the reflection’, the dhammas are
approvable to (/acceptable by) the reflection (§8.ex)
dhamma-cakkhu (n) = Dhamma-eye, insight into the Truth (§14.ex)
dhammacārin (adj; m) = practicing the Dhamma; practitioner of the Dhamma (§4.2.2)
dhamma-dassana (n) = vision of the Dhamma (§3.ex)
dhamma-dhara (adj; m) = bearing the Dhamma, versed in the Dhamma, specialist in the Dhamma,
bearer of the Dhamma (§13.ex)
dhamma-nijjhāna-(k)khanti (nom,f,sg) = reflective/meditative receptivity to the dhammas (§7.4.5)
dhamma-pariyāya (m) = a doctrinal perspective, a specific doctrine, a specific doctrinal exposition
(§6.ex)
dhammaṃ desitā (nom,m,sg; < ag noun desitar < √diś VI ‘point out’; note that it takes patient
dhammaṃ) = preacher of the Dhamma (§12.ex)
dhammaññū (nom,m,sg) = who knows the Dhamma/Truth (§11.ex)
dhammarājā (nom,m.sg; < dhamma-rājan) = Dhamma-king (§5.ex)
dhammassa anudhammaṃ (adv) = according to the Doctrine, in the proper manner of the Doctrine
284
Glossary
(§7.ex)
dhammatā (f; abst noun) = nature of phenomena, nature of things, universal norm, the usual way, reality
(§6.4.2.2)
dhammavādin (adj; m) = ‘having speech of dhamma’, one who makes dhamma speech (§4.ex)
dhammena (ins used as adv) = righteously (§12.ex)
dhammika (adj) = in conformity with the dhamma, righteous, just (§5.ex, §8.ex)
dhammiya/dhammika (adj) = conforming with the rule, righteous, lawful, pertaining to the Dhamma,
religious, spiritual (§3.10.1)
dhammo … na sudesiyo = the doctrine … cannot be properly taught (§2.6.1.1)
dhana (n) = wealth, riches, valuables, money (§2.1, §2.6.2.1)
dhana-hetu (adv) = because of wealth, for sake of wealth (§4.ex)
dhaṅka (m) = crow (§6.4.2.1)
dhārehi (2,sg; ipv < caus of √dhṛ I ‘bear’) = you use! you wear! (§9.ex)
dhāreti (3,sg; pre, caus of dharati < √dhṛ I ‘bear’) = he causes to hold (in mind), commits to memory,
wears (garment) (§3.ex)
dhāretu (3,sg,ipv < √dhṛ I ‘bear’) = may he hold/bear, may he remember (§9.ex)
dhāreyya (opt of caus < √dhṛ I ‘bear’, ‘wear’) = would/should cause to wear (§11.ex)
dhātu (f/m) = element, sphere (§3.6.1)
dhī-mant ‘possessing wisdom’, wise (§4.4.2)
dhīra (adj) = wise (§12.ex)
dhura (m,n) = yoke, a carriage’s shaft.
dibba (adj) = divine, celestial, heavenly (§3.6.1, §4.2.2, §6.ex, §8.ex)
dicchare (3,pl, āt; desid < √dā III ‘give’) = they desire to give (§14.ex)
dicchati (3,pl, āt; desid < √dā III ‘give’. Skt: ditsati) = desires to give, gives (§14.ex)
dīgha-rattaṃ (adv; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = ‘for a long night’, for a long time (in darkness) (§7.4.5,
§12.ex)
dīghassa addhuno accayena (inst used as adv) = through the passage of a long time, after a long time
(§12.ex)
dīgha (adj) = long (§1.5)
dinnaṃ (nom,n,sg, impersonal; PPP < √dā III ‘give’) = what is given; natthi dinnaṃ = there is nothing
given (§13.3.5)
dīpeti (3,sg; pre, caus < √dīp IV ‘blaze’) = makes clear.explains (§3.10.1)
dippati (√dīp IV ‘blaze’. Skt: dīpyate)) = blazes (§3.3)
disā (f; adv) = direction, place, region; in the four directions (§4.2.2, §11.ex, §13.ex)
disati (√diś VI ‘point out’) = points out (§3.2)
dissare (3,pl, pas āt, < √dṛś I ‘see’) = are seen (§9.ex)
dissate (3,sg; pas āt, < √dṛś I ‘see’) = is seen (§9.5.3)
diṭṭha-mattaṃ (nom,n,sg) = only the seen (§4.ex)
diṭṭha-to (abl used as adv) = as the seen (§4.7.8)
diṭṭhadhammika (adj) = pertaining/belong to this present life (§5.ex)
diṭṭhaṃ (n,sg, used impersonally; PPP < √dṛś I ‘see’) = what is seen, the seen (§4.7.8)
diṭṭhe (loc,n,sg of PPP < √dṛś I ‘see’) = in seeing, in the seen (expressed impersonally) (§4.ex, §8.1.2)
diṭṭhe dhamme (adv phrase) = in this present existence (§2.9.1)
diṭṭhe diṭṭha-mattaṃ bhavissati = in seeing, there will come to be merely the seen (/merely seeing).
diṭṭha can mean ‘seen’; can also mean ‘vision’, ‘act of seeing’. Likewise, suta means ‘heard’, or ‘act
of hearing’ (§4.ex)
diṭṭhe eva dhamme (adv phrase) = in this very (eva) present existence (§2.9.1)
diṭṭhi-sampadā (f) = accomplishment of/in vision (§5.ex)
diṭṭhi-sampanna (adj; tappurisa-samāsa < diṭṭhi + PPP of sam + √pad I ‘go’/‘attain’) = accomplished
in view (§12.ex)
divā (ins used as adv; < diva) = by day, in the day (§2.ex)
dīyati (3,sg, pas; < √dā III ‘give’) = is given (§9.5.3)
domanassa (n) = dejectedness (§13.ex)
285
dosa (m. Skt: doṣa) = fault, defect, harm (§13.3.5)

dosa (m. Skt: dveṣa) = hatred; dosaggi (= dosa + aggi; nom,m,sg) = fire of hatred (§2.8.1)
dosanīya (FPP < √dviṣ II ‘hate') = hate-able, to be hated, causing hatred, belonging/conducing to hatred
(§7.4.5)
du-(p)paññā (nom,f,sg) = bad/evil understanding (§6.4.2.2)
du-dina (n) = bad day, cloudy day; duddinī (adj; f) = ‘of a bad day’, cloudy, rainy (§12.ex)
du/-dus (usually before vowels → dur-; commonly added prefix) = ‘bad’, ‘difficult’, ‘inferior’ (§3.1.1)
dubbala (adj; dur + bala) = weak, powerless (§5.ex)
dubbaṇṇa (adj) = of bad look, of bad physical appearance, ugly (§5.ex)
dubbhāsita (dus + PPP of √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = badly spoken (§5.ex)
dubbhin/dūbhin (adj; < dubbhi/dūbhi ‘injury’) = deceitful, injuring (§12.ex)
duddadaṃ (acc,n,sg; impersonal) = what is hard to give (§8.2.2)
duddasa (adj) = hard/difficult to see/discern (§1.5)
dug-gīta (dus + PPP of gayati, < √gai I ‘sing’) = badly sung (§5.ex)
duggata (adj; PPP, < dus + √gam I ‘go’) = ‘badly gone’, gone to an unfortunate destiny (gati), unfortunate
(§6.ex)
duggati (f) = unfortunate/unhappy destiny (§3.ex)
dukkaraṃ (acc,n,sg; impersonal) = what is hard to do (§8.2.2)
dukkha (adj) = painful, unsatisfactory, non-harmonious (§2.6.1.1, §2.9.2)
dukkha (n) = pain, discomfort, suffering, unsatisfactoriness. (Note that the gender of dukkha as a noun
is n) (§1.4.6)
dukkha-ppaṭikūla (adj, < dukkha + paṭikūla) = averse to suffering (§14.1)
dukkha-samudaya (m) = unsatisfactoriness-origin; dukkhasamudayaṃ (acc,n,sg) ariyasaccaṃ
(nom,n,sg) = noble truth about the origin of unsatisfactoriness (§8.ex)
dukkhamaṃ (acc,n,sg; impersonal) = what is hard to endure (§8.2.2)
dukkhaṃ (acc used as adv) = painfully, uncomfortably, unhappily (§2.9.1)
dukkhaṃ (acc,n,sg) ariyasaccaṃ (nom,n,sg) = noble truth about unsatisfactoriness (§8.ex)
dukkhanirodhagāminī (nom,f,sg) paṭipadā (nom,f,sg) ariyasaccaṃ = noble truth that is the path leading
to the cessation of unsatisfactoriness (§8.ex)
dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ = noble truth about the origin of unsatisfactoriness (§8.ex)
dukkhato (adv) = as being unsatisfactory (§14.ex)
dul-labha (adj) = difficult to obtain, rare (§4.ex)
dummati (adj) = unwise, of low intelligence, foolish (§12.ex)
dummedha (adj; < dus + medhā) = dull-witted, unintelligent, unwise (§14.3.1)
dur-anubodha (adj) = hard to understand/realize, hard to be awakened to (§1.5)
dur-āsada (adj) = difficult to get near (§4.ex)
durāgata (adj; < dur + PPP of ā-√gam I ‘go’) = unwelcome (§14.ex)
dūrato (abl used as adv) = from afar (§2.9.3.1)
dūre (loc used as adv) = far, in a distance (§2.10.4)
durutta (adj; < dur + PPP of √vac II ‘speak’) = ill-spoken (§14.ex)
dutiya (adj) = second (§2.7.1, §4.2.2)
duṭṭhena (ins,m,sg, of duṭṭha; PPP < √dviṣ II ‘hate’) = by (one) affected by hatred (§8.1.1)
dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo = a year consists of 12 months (§8.ex)
dvādasāyatanāni (nom,n,pl; digu-samāsa) = the twelve sensory abodes/spheres (§12.ex)
dvattiṃsa (num) = 32 (§8.ex)
dvija (adj) = ‘twice born’, a Brahmin; dvijakulabhava (adj) = being from a Brahmin family/clan
(§9.3.4.3)
dvipaduttama (dvipada-uttama; adj) = supreme among the bipeds (§9.3.5.1)
edisa (adj) = like this, of such kind (§4.ex)
ehi-passiko (nom,m,sg; adj, < ehi + passa + ika) = (inviting to) come and see, open for all to see (§1.
ex, §11.ex)
eka (adj, num) =one, single (§2.9.1)
ekacca (adj, pronominal) = a certain, some (indefinite), some one (§1.7.1, §6.ex)
286
Glossary
ekadā (adv) = at one time, once (§14.2)

ekadhā (adv) = singly, in one way, together (§14.2)
ekaggatā (f) = one-pointedness; ekaggataṃ (acc,f,sg) is obj of labhati (§2.7.1)
ekaṃsaṃ (adv; < eka + aṃsa) = over one shoulder, covering one shoulder (§6.ex)
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā = putting the upper robe over one shoulder (§6.ex)
ekaṃsena (ins used as adv) = categorically, one-sidedly (§2.ex)
ekanavuta (adj, num; navuta: 90th) = 91st (§14.ex)
ekanta (ind) = exclusively, always (§11.ex)
ekanta-savanena (ins,n,sg) = by just (no more than) listening (§11.ex)
ekāsana-bhojanaṃ (acc used as adv) = taking food at a single seating (taking only a single meal)
(§2.9.1)
ekato (adv) = ‘as one’, ‘from one’, on one side, separately, together (§6.3.3)
ekatta (n, abst noun) = the being one, oneness, identity, singleness, singularity (§7.4.5)
ekattha (adv) = in one place (§14.2)
ekāyana (adj, < eka + āyana) = leading exclusively, leading directly (§5.5)
eke (nom,m,pl; pronominal adj for samaṇabrāhmaṇā) = some (§5.6.2)
ekī-bhāva (m; eka + bhava, < √bhū I ‘become’) = state of being one, unity (§13.2.1)
ekodibhāva (m) = unification, integration (§13.ex)
enaṃ (acc,m,sg) = this one (§6.3.3)
esa (nom,m,sg; demon pron. Note that: here, like in Skt, sa and esa do not follow the usual sandhi
rules) = this, he (§7.ex)
esanā (f) = search (§5.ex)
esāna (PrP of esati < √iṣ VI ‘seek’, qualifying yo) = seeking (§6.3.3)
eta-parama (adj; bahubbīhi, qualifying bhikkhusaṅgha) = having this as the highest, whose culmination
is this (§13.3.4)
etādisa (adj) = like this, such-like, such a kind (§12.ex)
etādisaṃ … akataññunā kataṃ anariyaṃ sākhena sakhinā te = such … ignoble things done by your …
ungrateful … branch-like friend (§12.ex)
etaṃ (nom,n,sg; demon pro) = this (§2.ex)
etarahi (ind) = now, at present (§8.ex)
ete (nom,m,pl, denom pro) = these (§4.ex)
etesaṃ (gen,pl of pron esa, adj for āsava) = of these (§5.ex)
ettavatā (ins used as adv) = to this extent (§3.ex)
ettha (ind) = here, in this regard, in this case (§6.ex)
eva (ind; emphatic particle) = (the) very, only, just, itself.exactly, etc. (§1.6)
evaṃ (adv) = in this manner, like this, thus, "yes" (§1.4.4.3)
evaṃ eva (ind) = just likewise (§5.ex)
evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ (expressed impersonally) = it should be learned/trained thus (§8.1.2)
evaṃ vutte (loc,n,sg; loc abs — note absence of agent) = when it has been said thus (§9.1.1)
evaṃ-kārī (nom,m,sg < evaṃ-kārin; adj for ahaṃ) = doing so, one who does so (§12.ex)
evaṃ-pasanna (adj) = of such conviction, deeply convinced thus (§4.3.3)
evaṃdiṭṭhin (adj, bahubbīhi; < evaṃ + diṭṭhi + -in) = having such a view (§13.3.5)
evaṃvādin (adj, bahubbīhi; < evaṃ + vāda + -in) = having such a doctrine (§13.3.5)
‘evan’ti pi me no; … ‘aññathā’ ti pi me no; … no = I neither think ‘it is so’; …; nor do I think ‘it is
otherwise’; … ; nor … (§14.ex)gabbha (m) = womb (§6.ex)
gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti = becomes pregnant (§6.ex)
gabbhin (adj) = ‘having a foetus’ (§4.6.2); gabbhinī (nom,f,sg, of gabbhin) = pregnant (§4.6.2)
gaccha (2,sg; ipv < √gam I ‘go’) = (you) go, please go (§9.2.4)
gacchaṃ (1,sg; fut < √gam I ‘go’) = I shall go (§11.1.1)
gaha-pati (m) = house-holder (§2.8.1)
gahapati-kaññā (nom,f,sg; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = the householder woman (§13.ex)
gahapati-putta (m) = son of a householder (§2.8.1)
gahapatika (adj) = from the householders (§9.ex)
287
gahetā (nom,m,sg, of ag noun gahetar, < √grah VII ‘grasp’) = grasper, one who takes hold of (§12.ex)
gāma-saññā (f) = ideation of village; gāma-saññāṃ (acc,f,sg) paṭicca = conditioned by (dependent on)
by village-ideation (§7.4.5)
gāmaṇi/gāmaṇī (m) = a village chief, a headman (§13.ex); voc,sg: gāmaṇi (§12.ex)
gambhīra (adj) = profound (§2.6.1.1)
gameti (3,sg; pre; caus < √gam I ‘go’) = causes to go (§8.2.2)
gāmika (m) = villager (§8.ex)
gandha (m) = smell (§12.ex)
gaṇhāti/gaṇhati (3,sg; pre, < √grah IX ‘grasp’) = grasps, seizes, accepts, takes, receives (§6.ex); 2,sg,ipv:
gaṇhāhi (§9.ex); ger: gahetvā (§10.ex)
gaṇin (adj; < gaṇa + -in) = having a group (of followers), leader, teacher (§4.ex, §9.ex)
ganthati (3,sg; pre, < √granth/grath IX/I ‘fasten’, ‘compose’. Skt grathnāti) = ‘strings together’, gathers
together, connects up with, binds (§5.ex, §9.3.3)
gantuṃ (inf < √gam I ‘go’. For inf, see §11.1) = to go; na alaṃ … niṭṭḥaṃ gantuṃ (sense of inf is passive
here) = not proper to conclude (‘go into conclusion’) (§6.ex)
garahā (f) = reproach, blame, censure (§10.ex)
garahati (3,sg; pre < √garh I ‘blame’) = blames, reproaches, disapproves (§12.ex)
garahin (adj) = vilifying, reproaching, disparaging; ariya-garahī (nom,m,sg) = one who disparages the
noble ones (§8.ex)
gārava (m) = respect (§12.ex)
garu (adj; m) = heavy, burdensome, difficult; teacher (§3.4.1); sace te agaru (idiomatic expression) = if
it is not difficult for you, if you feel comfortable (§9.3.5.1)
garu-ṭṭhāniya (garu + ṭhānīya ‘belong to the place of’) = taking the place of a teacher, in the position
of a teacher (§12.ex)
garu-kāra (m) = act of respect, respect, veneration (§3.ex)
garu-karaṇo (adj; garu + karaṇa < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = giving respect, contributing to respect (§13.2.1)
garukāni (nom,n,pl; adj for paṃsukūlāni) = heavy, burdensome, hard (§9.ex)
garukātabbā (nom,m,pl; FPP of garukaroti, < garu + √kṛ VIII ‘do’; qualifying atithī) = should be
respected (§8.ex)
gāthā (f) = a verse, a stanza (§5.ex)
gati (f) = ‘going’, courses, movement, plane of existence, destinies (§8.ex, §12.ex)
gavā (abl,m,sg; of go) = from a cow (§12.ex)
gāvī (nom,f,sg) = a cow (§12.ex)
gāvīvajjha-upama (adj) = similar/comparable to a cow to be slaughtered (§12.ex)
geha (/gaha; n) = house (§4.7.6)
ghāna (n) = nose (§12.ex)
ghara-āvāsa (m) = living at home, home-life (§11.ex)
ghasati (3,sg; pre, < √ghas I ‘swallow’) = eats, consumes, devours, destroys (§6.ex)
Ghaṭīkāra (m, npr) = name of a potter (§10.ex)
ghaṭita (PPP of ghaṭeti ‘hurts’; < √(g)han II ‘strike’, ‘destroy’) = broken, cracked (§10.ex)
gihi-parisā (f) = assembly of lay people (§6.ex)
gihi(n) (m) = householder, a lay person (opp. pabbajito) (§2.ex)
gijjha (m) = vulture (§5.8.2)
gilānaka (adj, m) = sick, unwell, unfit; a sick person (§3.ex)
go (m) = bull; nom,pl: gāvo (see §12.1.2) (§9.5.3)
Gotama (m, npr) = the Buddha’s family name (§1.4.3)
gotame brahmacariyaṃ (nom,n,sg) vussati = is the Spiritual Life lived under Gotama (§5.ex)
gotta (n) = clan; gottena (ins,n,sg) = by clan, in respect of clan (§3.6.1)
guṇa (m) = a strand, a string, a subdivision, quality, attribute, virtue (§7.ex)
guṇa-vant (adj) = ‘possessing virtues’, virtuous (§4.4.1)
gutta-dvāra (adj, bahubbīhi, < gutta (PPP of √gup I ‘guard’) + dvāra ‘door’) = whose doorways (to the
sensory faculties) are guarded (§11.1.3)
haṃsa (m; < haṃsati) = bristle, stands on end (of the hair); loma-haṃsa = excitement with fear,
288
Glossary
horripilation, thrill (§7.4.5)

handa (ind) = well then, now (§10.ex)
haññare (3,pl; pas, āt; < √han II ‘kill’) = are killed (§9.5.3)
haññiṃsu (3,pl; pas aor < √han II ‘kill’) = were killed (§10.ex)
hanti (3,sg; pre, < √han II ‘kills’) = kills, destroys (§4.2.2)
harāyati (3,sg; pre, denom < hiri) = is ashamed, is embarrassed (§14.ex)
hatthin (m) = having a hand, elephant (§6.2.1)
hatthipadaṃ tesaṃ aggam akkhāyati (3,sg; pas, < ā + √khyā II ‘be known’) = the elephant-footprint is
declared by them (tesaṃ; gen used in ins sense. See §1.4.4) as the foremost (§14.ex)
have (ind; emphatic) = certainly, indeed, truly (§12.ex)
havya (adj; n. FPP < √hu III ‘sacrifice’) = to be sacrificed, to be offered (in a sacrificial ritual); an
oblation, a sacrificial offering.
hāyamāna (PrP; pas, āt, < √hā III ‘abandon’, ‘lose’) = being decayed, decaying, deteriorating (§9.5.2)
hessati (3,sg; fut, < √bhū I ‘become’) = it/he will become, will be (§7.ex); 3,pl: hessanti (§6.4.2.1); 3,pl,
āt: hessante (§9.3.4.3)
hetu (m) = cause, reason (§3.4.1)
hi (ind, emphatic) = indeed, surely, verily; because, for (§2.6.1.1)
himavā (nom,m,sg of himavant ‘possessing snow’) = snowy (§4.2.2)
hiṃsati (3,sg, pre < √hiṃs I ‘injure’) = hurts, injures, harms (§6.3.3)
hīna (adj) = inferior, lowly (§2.ex)
hīnāya āvattitvā = having reverted to the low life (hīna) (§11.ex)
hirañña (n) = gold, gold-piece (§8.3.3.1)
hiri/hirī (f) = moral shame, moral modesty (§2.6.2.1)
hirimā (adj; nom,m,sg, < hiri-mant) = possessing moral modesty, shameful (§4.ex)
hirīyati/hiriyati (= harāyati. 3,sg; denom < hiri. (§4.ex) = becomes morally modest, becomes shameful.
hirottappa (n) (hiri ‘moral modesty’ + ottappa ‘moral fear/shame’; both hiri and ottappa generally
means shamefulness) = moral modesty and moral shamefulness (§12.ex)
hita (n) = benefit, welfare (§1.ex)
hitesin (adj < hita + esin) = seeking benefit; ins,m,sg: hitesinā satthārā = by a teacher who is seeking
the (disciples’) benefit (§13.ex)
homi (1,sg; pre, < √bhū I ‘become’) = I become, I am (§3.4.1)
hoti/bhavti (3,sg; pre, < √bhū I ‘become’) = becomes, occurs, is (§1.4.3)
ibbha (adj) = menial, lowly (§12.ex)
icchaṃ (PrP; nom,m,sg of icchati < √iṣ IV ‘wish’) = wishing (§6.ex)
iccheyyātha (2,pl; opt of icchati < √iṣ VI ‘desire’) = you would wish (§7.3.6)
icchiṃsu (3,pl, aor of icchati < √iṣ VI ‘desire’) = they wished (§10.ex)
idaṃ … ṭhānaṃ ubhayeneva kattabbaṃ maññati = this case is considered as should be done (worthy of
doing) on both grounds (§11.ex)
idaṃ (dem pron, nom,n,sg) = this (§2.ex)
idaṃ vuccati = This is called. idaṃ vuccati nāmaṃ = This is called name (§2.ex)
idāni (ind) = now (§4.ex)
idappaccayā (abl,m,sg) = from a specific cause (§7.3.6)
iddhābhisaṅkhāra (m; < iddhi + abhisaṅkhāra) = wilful performance of supernormal power (§10.ex)
iddhi (f) = prosperity, success, accomplishment; supernormal accomplishment, supernormal power,
magical power (§10.ex)
iddhi-pāṭihāriya (n) = a performance of supernormal power, magical performance, miraculous wonder,
miracle (§14.ex)
idha (ind) = here (§1.6)
iha (ind) = here (§8.1.2)
imā (nom,f,pl, demon pron) = these (§2.ex)
imāsaṃ (gen,f,pl, of ayaṃ (f)) = of these (§5.ex)
imassa (dat/gen,m,sg; of ayaṃ) = of/for this (§6.3.3)
imāya (ins,f,sg of ayaṃ (f); here used in comparison) = than this (§5.ex)
289
ime (nom,m,pl, of ayaṃ (‘this’) = these (§3.4.1)

imesu (adj; loc,m,pl of ayaṃ) = in these (§6.3.3)
iminā etaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ = it is to be understood in
this way how (yathā) from consciousness as condition, there is name-and-form (psycho-physical
complex) (§14.ex)
iṇa-mūla (n) = a loan, borrowed capital (§13.2.1)
inda (m, npr) = a lord, a chief, lord/ruler of the gods; name of the lord of the gods (cf Sakka); devānaṃ
inda = lord of the gods (named Sakka) (§5.ex, §14.ex)
indriya (n) = faculty, organ (§2.6.2.1)
iṅgha (ind; generally used with ipv) = come on, please (§12.5)
iriyati (3,sg, caus, pre < √īr II ‘move’) = moves about, conducts oneself (§6.4.2.3)
isi (m) = a sage (§4.3.3)
isivhaya (isi ‘sage’ + -vhaya ‘called’ (Skt: -āhvaya); = Isipatana) = (the forest) called “sage” (§12.ex)
issā (f) = envy, jealousy (§3.ex)
issā-manaka (adj) = having a jealous mind (§3.ex)
issara (adj; m) = in control, possessing authority, powerful; one in control, a lord, a master, a chief
(§10.ex)
issariya (n; abst < issara + -ya. Skt: aiśvarya) = authority, control, sovereignty (§11.ex)
issariya-ādhipacca (adj; n) = consisting of authority and dominant power; upremacy of authority (§11.
ex, §8.3.11)
issati (3,sg; pre, < √īrṣy I ‘envy’. Skt: īrṣyati) = envies (§3.ex)
iti (ind) = thus, such, so; is known as or said to be … (“…”) (§1.ex)
iti me assa (3,sg, opt < √as II ‘be’) = It would occur to me thus, if I would think so (§7.3.6)
ito (adv) = from this, from now, from here (§2.6.2.2)
ito ekanavuto kappo = 91st aeon from now (§14.ex)
iṭṭha (PPP < √iṣ VI ‘desire’) = desirable (§4.ex)
itthatta (n, abst noun) = ‘this-state-ness’, the state of being thus, this state of being (§4.7.6, §8.1.1)
itthī (f) = woman, female (§3.9.1)
itthi-rūpa (n) = female body, female form (§9.ex)
iva (= viya; ind) = like (§4.ex)
jagat (n) = living things, the world; jagato (gen,n,sg) = of the world; yāvatā jagato gati = to the extent
that there are living things (§12.ex)
jagghati (3,sg; pre, < √jakṣ, redup from √has I ‘laugh’) = laughs; jagghitāye: inf of jagghati (§11.ex)
jāla (m) = flame eka-jāla (adj) = of a single mass of flame; ekajālā bhavanti = become one mass of
flame (§12.ex)
jalati (3,sg; pre, < √jval I ‘blaze’) = burns, blazes; jalato: gen/dat,m,sg of PrP of jalati (§9.5.3)
Jāli (m, npr) = name of Vessantara’s son; jālīkumāra (m) = Jāli, the prince (§13.ex)
jālin (adj) = having a net, ensnaring (§11.1.1)
jambudīpa (m) = ‘rose-apple continent’, the central Indian continent (§8.ex, §11.2.3)
jambū (f) = rose-apple tree. jambuyā (ins,f,sg, of jambu/jambū) = by/in the manner of the jambu fruit
(§11.2.2, §11.2.3)
jana-adhipa (m) = king, lord (§12.ex)
janapada (m) = a country, a district, a country district (§4.3.3, §11.1.2)
janapadatthāvariya-ppatta (adj; < janapada-(t)-thāvariya + PPP of pra-√āp V ‘acquire’) = has achieved
stability in the country (§14.ex)
jānapda (adj; < janapada + a) = of the country (§11.ex)
janatā (f) = people, living beings (§13.ex)
jānāti (3,sg; pre, < √jñā IX ‘understand’) = understands (§6.3.3)
janeti (3,sg; pre, < √jan I/X ‘produce’) = produces, generates (§3.6.1)
jaṅgamāna (adj; PrP < inten of √gam I ‘go’) = moving, walking, living (§14.ex)
jāni (m) = loss, deprivation (§9.5.3)
jaññā (3,sg; opt of jānāti < √jñā IX ‘know’) = he would/could know (§7.4.5)
jarā (f) = old age, decay (§3.9.1)
290
Glossary
jarā-dhamma (adj) = subject to aging, of the nature of aging, susceptible to decay (§6.ex, §8.1.2)
jarā-maraṇa (n) = old-age-and-death.
jaraṃ (acc,f,sg) anatīto = not transcending (have not transcended) old-age (§8.1.2)
jāta-veda(s) (m) = fire; jāta-vedaso (gen/dat,m,sg) = for/of a fire (§9.5.3)
jāti (nom,f,sg) = birth (§3.9.1)
jāti-maya (adj) = derived from birth, birth-endowed (§3.9.1)
jaṭila (m) = a matted-hair ascetic (§11.2.3)
jātimanto (nom,m,pl; < jāti-mant) = of high birth (§4.ex)
jātivādasmiṃ (loc,m,sg) = with regard to an assertion/theory (vāda) on birth (jāti) (§5.ex)
jātiyā (ins,f,sg of jāti — see below) = by birth, in respect of birth (§3.6.1)
jāyati (3,sg; Skt: jāyate; act/pas; < √jan I ‘be born’) = arises, is born (§11.1.4)
jāyati/jāyate (3,sg; pre, < √jan IV ‘be born’. Skt: jāyate) = is born, arises (§3.3, §11.1.4)
jāyetha (3,sg; opt of jāyati ‘is born’, ‘arises’, < √jan IV ‘be born’) = it would/could arise (§7.4.5)
Jetavana (n, npr) = name of a grove(§3.9.1)
jeṭṭha (adj) = foremost (§11.ex)
jhāna (n) = meditation (§4.ex)
jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati = having entered, dwells in the meditation. (upasampajja, ger, may be
considered as adv modifying viharati: ‘dwells in the meditation in full attainment’ or ‘dwells in the
meditation, fully accomplished’) (§13.ex)
jhānassa lābhī = possessing obtainment of meditation, attainer of a meditative state (§4.ex)
jhāyatha (2,pl; ipv of jhāyati < √dhyai I/II ‘meditate’, ‘ponder’) = you meditate! (§13.ex)
jhāyin (m) = meditator (§12.ex)
jighacchā (nom,f,sg; desid < √ghas I ‘eat’) = ‘desire to eat’, hunger (§14.ex)
jināti (= jayati: < √jī I ‘conquer’) = conquers (§12.ex)
jiṇṇa (PPP < √jṝ IV ‘decay’) = grown old, aged (§7.3.3, §8.1.2, §12.ex))
jīvāma (1,pl; pre, √jīv I ‘live’) = we live (§2.9.1)
jīvanta (PrP of jīvati < √jīv I ‘live’) = living (§6.3.3)
jivhā (f) = tongue (§12.ex)
Jīvika (m; npr) = name of the Buddha’s personal physician (§4.7.7)
jīvita (n) = life (§11.ex)
jīvitukāma (adj, bahubbīhi; < jīvituṃ + kāma) = desirous of living, wishing to live (§14.1)
jotenti (3,pl; pre, caus < √jyut (/√dyut) I ‘shine’) = cause to shine, illuminate (§3.10.1)
jugucchati (Skt jugupsate; desid of √gup I ‘guard’) = shuns, detests, loathes (§14.ex)
juhati/jūhati/juhoti (3,sg, pre < √hu III ‘sacrifice’) = sacrifices, offers (to) (§8.ex). jūhato: gen/dat,m,sg;
of PrP of jūhati (§9.ex)
juhitvā (ger, < √hu III ‘sacrifice’) = having offered the (fire) (§8.ex)
jūta (n) = gambling, playing at dice; te tattha jūte ubhaye samāgate = the two met there at the gambling/
dice-contest (§12.ex)
kabaḷīkāra/kabaliṃkāra/kabaḷiṅkāra (adj) = solid/material (food), (food) to be taken in lumps (§13.ex)
Kaccāna/Kaccānagotta (m; npr) = a name (§4.2.2)
kacci … bhagavā sukham asayittha = Perhaps … the Fortunate One slept comfortably? (§10.ex)
kadā (interr adv) = at what time? when? (§7.2.4, §14.2)
kadāci (adv) = at some time (§12.ex)
kadāci karahaci (adv phrase) = at some time or other (§12.ex)
kadalī (f) = banana, plantain (§4.ex)
kahaṃ (adv) = where (§14.1)
kāhasi (2,sg, fut < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = you will do; kiṃ padhānena kāhasi = what will you do with striving?
(§9.ex)
kāhiti (3,sg, fut; < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = he will do/make (§7.ex)
kāka (m) = crow (§5.8.2)
kāla (m) = time (§2.9.5)
kālavādin (adj; m) = ‘having/making timely speech’, one who makes timely speech, (§4.ex, §7.ex)
kālaṃ karoti = ‘makes time’, dies (§4.7.6, §7.3.6)
291
kālaññū (nom,m,sg) = who knows the proper time (§11.ex)

kālena (ins used as adv) = at the right time (§4.5.4)
kalla (adj) = fit, proper, right; kalla-citta (adj) = having a proper mind/ mentally fit, in a proper mental
state (§10.ex)
kalyāṇa (adj) = good.excellent, virtuous (§1.4.4.3)
kalyāṇa-dhammā (adj, nom,m,pl of kalyāṇa-dhamman) = of good nature (§6.ex)
kalyāṇa-mitta (m/n noun; adj, bahubbīhi) = good friend, spiritual friend; having good/spiritual friends
(§13.ex)
kalyāṇa-sahāya (m noun; adj, bahubbīhi) = good companion, spiritual companion; having good/
spiritual companions (§13.ex)
kāma (m/n) = sensual desire, sensuality (§4.5.3, §6.4.2.4)
kāma-guṇa (m) = (five) strands of sensuality, (five) classes of object of sensual pleasure (§9.ex, §13.ex)
kāma-rati (f) = sensual delight, sensual joy (§13.4.2)
kāma-saññā (nom,f,sg) = thought of sensuality (§8.ex)
kāma-vitakka (m) = a sensuality-thought (§8.2.2)
kāmaṃ (ind) = as wished (§9.ex)
kāmaṃ karassu rūpāni = conjure up forms as you wish (§9.ex)
kammañña (/kammaniya/kammaṇyya; adj) = fit for use, workable (§7.ex)
kammanta (m) = work, deed (§9.5.3)
kammavādin (adj) = holding the doctrine of kamma (§14.ex)
kampati (3,sg; pre < √kamp I ‘tremble’) = trembles, shakes (§9.ex)
kampayati/kampeti (3,sg; caus of kampati) = causes to tremble, shakes (§9.ex)
kampayi (3,sg; aor, of kampayati) = he shook (§9.ex)
kānana (n) = forest, a wood; Lumini-kānane (loc,n,sg) = in the Lumini-wood (§10.ex)
kaṇha (adj) = dark, black, evil (§12.ex)
kaṅkhā (f) = doubt, uncertainty (§13.2.1)
kaṅkhā-ṭhānīya/-ṭhāṇiya (adj) = being a source of doubt, conducing to doubt, causing doubt (§13.2.1)
kaṅkhā-vitaraṇa (n) = overcoming of doubt (§14.4.2)
kaṅkhati (3,sg; pre < √kāṅkṣ I ‘desire’, also ‘doubt’ in Buddhist Skt) = longs for; doubts (§14.ex)
kaṇṇa (m) = ear, corner, handle (§3.9.1)
kanta (PPP of kāmeti (< denom of kāma ‘desire’ = lovely (§4.ex)
kapalla (n) = a bowl (§5.5)
kapallaka (n/m) = a small bowl (§5.5)
kappa (adj) = assuming the form of, similar to, like (§14.ex)
kappayato (dat/gen,m,sg; PrP of kappeti) = arranging (§6.4.2.5)
kappeti (3,sg; caus of kappati, < √kḷp I ‘be able’, ‘be fit for’) = makes suitable, sets in order, arranges,
prepares (§2.ex, §6.4.2.5)
kāpurisaṃ (acc,m,sg) = an evil person (§4.ex)
karahaci (adv) = at any time (§12.ex)
kāraṇa (n) = reason, cause; kāraṇā (abl,n,sg) = because of, out of the reason of (§3.9.1)
karaṇīyaṃ (FPP < √ kṛ VIII ‘do’; impersonal) = it is to be done, what is to be done (§6.ex, §8.1.1).
kenaci(d)eva karaṇīyena = due to something to be done(/attended to) (§8.ex)
kārāpeti (3,sg; pre, caus < √kṛ VIII ‘do’, ‘make’) = causes to do/make, builds, sets up (§14.ex)
kārāpetukāma (adj, bahubbīhi; < kārāpetuṃ (inf of kārāpeti) + kāma) = desirous of building, wishing
to build (§14.ex)
karassu (2,sg; ipv, āt of < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = you do/make! (§9.ex)
karissare (3,pl; fut āt, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = they will make (§9.ex)
karīyamāna (PrP, pas; < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = being done (§12.ex)
karotha (2,pl; ipv < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = you do! (§9.ex)
karoti (3,sg; < √kṛ ‘do’, ‘make’ VIII) = does, makes, acts, performs (§5.8.2)
karuṇā (f) = compassion (§4.1)
karuṇāyati (denom < karuṇā + -ya) = feels pity, becomes compassionate (§4.1)
kasāva (m/n) = an astringent decoction, stain, impurity (§14.ex)
292
Glossary
kāsāyāni (adj; acc,n,pl) = saffron (§4.ex)

kasmā (adv < abl,sg of ka ‘what/who) = ‘from what’? why? (§2.9.3)
kasmiṃ, kuttha (interr adv) = in what? where? (§7.2.4)
kassa-ci (gen/dat,m,sg) = someone; na kassa-ci = not to/of anyone at all (§6.3.3, §7.2.3)
Kassapa (m, npr) = name of a past Buddha (§10.ex)
kata-avakāsa (adj) = given the permission (§9.ex)
kata-kalyāṇa (adj) = who has done good (§10.ex)
kata-karaṇīya (adj; bahubbīhi, < PPP of √kṛ VIII ‘do’ + FPP of √kṛ) = done what is to be done (§14.3.1)
katama (interr pron) = which?, what? (§3.9.1)
kathaṃ (adv) = how? (§1.ex)
kathaṃ (adv) su (emphatic interr particle) = how indeed (§9.3.3)
kathesi (3,sg; aor of katheti/kathayati, < √kath X ‘tell’) = he told, discoursed (§10.ex)
kati-kkhattuṃ (adv) = how many times? (§8.ex)
kattā (nom,m,sg; ag noun kattar < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = doer, maker (§12.ex). kattā hoti (peri fut; but also
can be taken simply as ag noun) = he will talk about (§12.ex)
katthati (3,sg; pre, < √kath X ‘boast’) = boasts (§4.ex)
katthī (nom,m,sg of katthin) = boasting, boastful, a boaster (§4.ex)
kattukāma (adj, bahubbīhi; < kattuṃ (inf of √kṛ VIII ‘do’) + kāma) = desirous of doing (§14.ex)
kātuṃ (inf, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = to do (§10.ex)
kāya (m) = body, a group, an accumulation, a collection (§1.4.5)
kāya-anupassin (adj) = contemplating the body, observing the body (§1.4.5)
kāya-duccarita (n) = bodily misconduct (§4.ex)
kāya-saṅkhāra (m) = bodily activity (§7.ex)
kāya-vūpākāsena (ins,m,sg) = by physical isolation (§3.10.1)
kāyagatāsatiṃ (acc,f,sg) = mindfulness focused on the body (§6.4.2.3)
kāyassa bhedā = after the breaking up of the body, upon breaking up of the body (§2.6.2)
kayirā (3,sg; opt of karoti, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = he should do (§7.ex)
kayiramānaṃ (nom,n,sg; PrP āt, pas, < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = being done (§11.ex)
kayirātha (3,sg, opt, āt; < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = could make (§7.4.5)
kayirati (3,sg, pas of karoti. Skt: karyate) = is done (§9.5.3)
ke-ci (nom,m,pl) = some people (§7.2.3)
Keṇiya (m, npr) = name of an ascetic (§8.ex)
kesa (m) = hair of the head (§3.9.1)
kesamassuṃ (acc,n,sg) = hair and beard (§4.ex)
Kesaputta (m, npr) = name of a town (§1.ex)
kevala (adj) = entire, whole, unmingled (§4.ex)
kevaṭṭa (m) = fisherman (§14.ex)
khādathā (2,pl; ipv of khādati < √khād I ‘eat’) = you consume food! (§6.2.1)
khādati (3,sg; pre, < √khād I ‘eat’) = eats, devours, chews, bites (§5.8.2)
khagga (m) = a sword, a rhinoceros (§14.ex)
khaggavisāṇa-kappa (adj) = like the horn of a rhinoceros (§14.ex)
khama (adj. Skt: kṣama) = enduring, patient (§14.ex)
khamanīyaṃ (FPP; nom,n,sg, impersonal, < √kṣaṃ I/IV ‘endure’) = it is endurable, it is bearable (§8.
ex)
khamati (3,pl; < √kṣam I/IV ‘endure’) = bears with, endure, is capable of bearing, is approvable (§7.3.6)
khameyyuṃ (3,pl, opt; < √kṣaṃ I/IV ‘endure’) = could endure, could be approvable/acceptable by
(§7.4.5)
khamo sītassa (dat) = enduring to/towards cold (§14.ex)
khaṇati/khanati (3,sg; pre < √kṣaṇ VIII ‘wound’. Skt: kṣaṇoti) = injures, wounds, hurts, impairs; PPP:
khata = impaired (§14.ex)
khandha (m) = heap, aggregate (§2.9.2); trunk of a tree (§9.ex)
-khandha (m) = trunk of a tree; dāru-(k)khandhaṃ (acc,m,sg) = wood-trunk (§5.ex)
khantī-bala (n; adj, bahubbīhi) = power of forbearance; whose power/strength is forbearance (§14.ex)
293
khanti/khantī (f) = endurance, acceptance, receptivity (§7.4.5)

khantibala (m) = endurance-power(/strength) (§9.ex)
khantibala-samāhita (adj) = equipoised through endurance-strength (§9.ex)
khattiya (m) = name of a high Indian caste. (Gotama Buddha belonged to this caste) (§2.ex)
khattiya-kaññā (nom,f,sg; kammadhāraya-samāsa. Note khattiyā as adj for kaññā is put in m in the
compound) = a Khattiya-woman (woman who is a Khattiya) (§13.ex)
khattiyāva (= khattiyā eva) = It is the Khattiyas that (are superior) (§2.ex)
khaya (m. Skt: kṣaya) = exhaustion, wasting away, destruction (§14.ex)
khema (adj; m/n noun) = secure, safe, at ease; security, safety, a secure state (§1.5)
khettaṃ (nom,n,sg) = field (§1.ex)
khettaṃ (n) = field (§1.5, §1.ex)
khīṇa (PPP < √kṣi V/IX ‘destroy’) = destroyed.exhausted (§8.1.1)
khīṇa-āsava (adj) = whose outflows have been destroyed (§11.ex)
khippaṃ (adv) = quickly (§13.ex)
khīra (n) = milk (§12.ex)
kho (ind; emphatic particle; various meaning) = indeed, etc. (§1.6)
khudda-anukhuddakāni (nom,n,pl) = lesser and minor (§6.4.2.4)
khuṃseti (3,sg, < √kuts X/I ‘despise’, ‘abuse’. Skt: kutsayati. Or, < denom kutsaya) = abuses, insults,
contemns, blames (§4.ex)
khvāhaṃ = kho ahaṃ (§4.3.3)
kicca-kārī (nom,m,sg < kicca-kārin; adj for ahaṃ) = doing duty, one who does his duty (§12.ex)
kiccaṃ (acc,n,sg) = work to be done, duty (§5.8.2)
kilāsu (adj; cf Skt: glāsnu; BHS: kilāsin) = tiring, disinclined, wearied. akilāsu = untiring, unwearying
(§11.ex)
kiṃ (ind; marker of a question to follow) = is it that … (§8.1.2)
kiṃ (interr adv) = what? how? (§7.2, §7.ex)
kiṃ-kāraṇā (abl used as adv) = ‘from what reason?’ for what reason? why? (§2.6.2.1)
kim aṅga = how much more? how much less? (§7.2.3)
kiṃ ca api (adv phrase) = even though (§11.ex)
kim-adhippāya (adj) = of what wishes, of what aspirations, ‘whose aspirations are what’ (§9.3.4.3)
kim-ākappā (adj) = of what appearance, of what behaviour, ‘whose behaviours are what’ (§9.3.4.3)
kim-atthiyaṃ (adv) = for what purpose (§5.ex)
kiṃ-cana / kiṃ-ci (nom/acc,n,sg) = something (§7.2.3)
kiṃ-karaṇīya (n) = any duty, any work to be done (§11.1.2)
kiṃchanda (adj) = of what desires, ‘whose desires are what’ (§9.3.4.3)
kiṃhi (loc,n,sg) sati (loc,n,sg) = loc abs: what being, when what is existing (§9.ex)
kimi (m) = a worm, an insect (§5.8.2)
kiṃpaccayā (abl,m,sg) = from (because of) what causal condition (§9.ex)
kiñ ca = moreover; all the more (§7.2.3)
kiñ carahi = why then, how is it that … (§7.2.3)
kiñcāpi = although (§7.2.3)
kiñcid eva = some, a certain (§7.ex)
kinti = why indeed, have you indeed (§7.2.3)
kiriyavādin (adj) = holding the doctrine of the moral efficacy of actions (§14.ex)
kissa (gen/dat,n,sg of ka) = of what? (§5.5.1)
kittāvatā (interr adv) = with how much? how far? to what extent? (§7.2.4)
kitti (f) = fame (§5.ex)
kittisadda (m) = good report, reputable report, fame, report (§1.4.4.3)
kīva (and kivaṃ) (interr adv) = how much? to what extent? (§7.2.4, §8.3.3.1)
kīyatā (interr adv) = for how long? (§7.2.4)
ko (nom,m,sg < ka (kiṃ); interr pron) = who? what? (§4.1)
ko pana vādo (idiom) = how much more so, not to speak of (§9.1.1)
koci (nom,m,sg) = some one; na koci = no one (§2.ex)
294
Glossary
kopa (m) = agitation, irritation, anger (§14.ex)

kosa (m/n) = a treasury, a storehouse; the male organ (§10.ex)
Kosala (m; npr) = name of a country in ancient India; kosalesu (loc,m,pl) = among the people of Kosala
(§5.6.2)
kosohita (adj; < kosa + ava + PPP of √dhā III ‘put’) = placed inside a sheath, encased (§10.ex)
koṭi (nom,f,sg) = point, the edge, the highest point (§9.ex)
kovida (adj) = experienced, knowledgeable, skilled (§14.ex)
kucchā (Skt: kutsā) (noun: ‘abuse’, ‘contempt’) + -ya-/-e- → khuṃbeti (Skt: kutsayati) = ‘abuses’,
‘blames’ (§4.1)
kucchi (m/f) = the belly, the womb (§14.ex)
kudācanaṃ (adv) = at any time, ever (§3.ex)
kuha (adj; m) = deceitful, cheating; a rogue, cheat (§14.ex)
kuhaka (adj; m) = deceitful; a deceitful person, a schemer, charlatan, impostor (§10.ex)
kuhiṃ (adv) = where? in which? (§11.1.1)
kukkucca (n; abst noun) = remorse, feeling guilty (§7.3.4)
kukkuṭa (m) = chicken (§14.ex)
kukkuṭi (f) = hen (§8.3.2)
kukkuṭiyā (gen,f,sg) aṇḍāni = a hen’s eggs (§8.3.2)
kumāra (m) = prince, boy (§10.ex)
kumārī (f) = young girl (§6.2.1)
kumārikā (f) = a girl, a little girl (§14.ex)
kumbha-kāra (m) = potter (§10.ex)
kusala (adj) = skillful, wholesome (§1.5)
kusalo diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ atthānaṃ = skilled in the welfare in this present life (§5.ex)
Kusāvatī (f, npr) = name of a city (§6.2.1)
Kūṭadanta (m, npr) = a name (§11.1.3)
kuto (interr adv) = from where? whence? why? how? (§5.ex, §7.2.4)
lābhā (for lābhāya; dat,m,sg); lābhā me = it leads to gain for me, it is for my gain, it is a gain for me
(§2.ex, §6.ex)
lābha (m) = gain (§2.ex)
labhataṃ (3,sg; ipv āt, < √labh I ‘obtain’) = may he obtain/get (§9.3.5.1)
labhati (3,sg; pre, √labh I ‘obtain'; āt: labhate) = obtains (§2.7.1, §6.3.3)
lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsitā (nom,m,sg) = one who covets gain from gain (§14.ex)
labheyyaṃ (1,sg; opt < √labh I ‘obtain’) = I would get, I would obtain; labheyyāhaṃ = labheyyaṃ ahaṃ
(§7.ex)
lābha (m) = obtainment, gain, acquisition.
lābhin (adj, < lābha + -in) = ‘having the obtainment’, having gain (§4.ex)
lahuka (adj) = light, trifling, fleeting (§12.ex)
lakkhaṇa (n) = marks, characteristic (§8.ex)
lāmaka (adj) = insignificant, poor, bad, defective (§13.3.5)
lapaka (adj; m) = muttering, flattering; mutterer, flatterer (§14.ex)
leḍḍu (m) = clod; ins,sg: leḍḍunā (§10.ex)
likhati (3,sg; pre, < √likh VI ‘write’) = writes (§3.2)
likhita (PPP of likhati) = carved, polished; saṅkha-likhita = polished like a conch-shell (§11.ex)
limpati (3,sg; pre, < √lip VI ‘smear’) = smears, gets soiled, gets stained (§13.2.1)
liṅga (n) = mark, sign, characteristic, feature; mark of sex (§3.9.1)
lobhanīya (FPP < √lubh IV ‘covet’) = greed-causing, susceptible of greed (§6.3.3)
loka (m) = world, people in the world (§1.ex)
loka-nirodha (m) = the origin of the world (§6.ex)
loka-samudaya (m) = the cessation of the world (§6.ex)
loka-vāda (m) = doctrine about the world (§3.ex)
loma (n) = the hair (§7.4.5)
loma-haṃsa (m. haṃsa (Skt: harśa) ‘bristling’, < √hṛṣ IV/I ‘bristle’, ‘thrill’) = horripilation (thrilled or
295
fearfully excited, with hairs standing on ends), grisly terror (§7.ex)

loṇa (n; adj) = salt, salty (§5.5)
lubbhati (3,sg, pre < √lubh IV ‘covet’. Skt: lubhyati) = covets (§3.3, §9.ex)
luddha (adj; PPP < √lubh IV ‘covet’, of lubbhati; for PPP see §4.7) = greedy, covetous; luddhena
(ins,m,sg) = by (one who is) coveted/greedy (§2.6.1.1)
lunāti (3,sg; pre, < √lū IX ‘cut’) = cuts, cuts off, mows; 3,sg, pas: lūyati (§10.ex)
lūyiṃsu (3,pl; pas aor of lunāti < √lū IX ‘cut’) = were cut, were mowed (§10.ex)
mā (proh particle. Generally followed by an aor; sometimes used with ipv or opt) = don’t …, let not
… (§13.4).
mā (proh) akāsi = don’t do (§10.ex); mā ahuvattha = don’t be (§13.ex)
mā … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pamādo = Don’t be negligent with regard to the first meditation (§13.ex)
mā ekena dve agamittha = Let not two go by the same (one single) way (§13.ex)
mā ssu puna pi akāsi = don’t ever again do like this (§10.ex)
macchera (n) = from stinginess (§9.5.3)
mada (m) = intoxication (§11.ex)
madhu (n) = honey (§10.ex)
māgadha (adj; < Magadha) = from Magadha (§14.ex)
magga-sampadā (f) = accomplishment of/in the path (§5.ex)
maggāmagga-ñāṇadassana (n) = knowledge-vision of Path and Not-Path (§14.4.2)
magganā (nom,f,sg; also maggana (n)) = search for, quest (§5.ex)
magga (m) = way, road, path (§3.9.1)
mahā-abhiññatā (f) = great higher/direct knowledge (§2.6.2.1)
mahā-pathavī (f) = the great Earth (§12.ex)
mahā-purisa (m) = Great Man (§8.ex)
mahā-yañña (m) = great sacrifice (§11.ex)
mahallaka (adj) = old, of great age (§9.ex)
Mahānāma (m, npr) = name of a monk (§5.ex)
mahant (adj; declension mostly like bhagavant) = great, big (§5.ex)
mahantatara (adj; comparative < mahant + -tara. See §11.3.2) = greater, bigger, very great, very big
(§9.ex)
mahato (gen,m,sg, of mahant) = of a big/great (tree) (§9.ex)
mahantatta (n; abst noun < mahant + tva) = greatness, bigness; mahantattena = on account of the
bigness in size (§14.ex)
mahantī (f; adj) = great, big (§6.ex)
mahāvīro (nom,m,sg) = a great hero (§4.ex)
mahesi (m. Skt: maharṣi) = great seer, great sage (§9.5.3, §14.3.1)
majjati (√mad IV ‘rejoice’/ ‘be intoxicated’. Skt: mādyati)) = rejoices, becomes intoxicated (§3.3)
majjhe (loc,sg, adj (/adv) to siṅghāṭake) = in the middle (§4.7.6)
majjhe-kalyāṇa (adj) = good in the middle (§3.ex)
majjhena (ins used as adv) = in the middle, via media (§4.5.3)
mala (n) = taint. (Here malā is placed in front for emphasis) (§1.ex)
maṃ (acc of ahaṃ) = me (§2.ex)
maṃ (acc) … jīvitā (abl) voropeyya = he were to/would deprive me of my life (§14.1)
maṃ-dīpa (adj compound; dīpa (m/n): ‘lamp’) = taking me as the island (§5.ex)
maṃ-kate (adv) = because of me (§10.ex)
maṃ-lena (adj compound; lena/leṇa (n): ‘shelter’) = taking me as the shelter (§5.ex)
maṃ-saraṇa (adj compound; saraṇa (n): ‘refuge’) = taking me as the refuge (§5.ex)
maṃ-tāṇa (adj compound; tāṇa (n): ‘protection’) = taking me as the protection (§5.ex)
mamāyati (denom, < mama ‘mine’ + -āya-) = cherishes as one’s own, is attached to (§4.1)
mana-saṅkappa (m) = mental intention, intention (§13.ex)
mānana (n) = paying honour, reverence, esteem (§3.ex)
manāpa (adj) = agreeable, pleasing, pleasant (§4.ex, §14.ex)
manasā (ins,n,sg of manas ‘mind’) = by mind, in respect of the mind, mentally (§6.3.3)
296
Glossary
manasi kātum pi me esā … disā na phāsu hoti = this region becomes unpleasant for me to even think
of (§11.ex)
manasikāra (m) = mental application, attention, meditative reflection (§2.ex, §9.ex)
māṇava (m) = a youth, young lad, student (§3.ex)
manda (adj) = dull (§14.ex)
maṇḍana (n) = ornamentation (§11.ex)
mandatta (n; abst noun, < manda + tva) = dull-ness (§14.ex)
mānetabba (FPP of māneti, caus < √man IV/VIII ‘think’) = should be esteemed/revered (§8.ex)
maṇi (nom,m,sg) = gem (§9.3.3)
Maṇicūlaka (m, npr) = name of a village chief (§13.ex)
maññati (3,sg; pre, āt < √man IV ‘think’. Skt: manyate) = thinks, considers, conceives, imagines (§3.3,
§4.7.8, §5.5.1, §5.ex, §9.3.3)
maññe (1,sg; pre/opt, āt < √man IV ‘think’; also used as an adv and and affirmative particle) = I think;
I should think; I guess, I suppose, surely, as it were (§6.ex, §9.3.3)
mano-chaṭṭha (adj) = with mind as the sixth; mano-chaṭṭhā qualifies kāmāguṇā (nom,m,pl) (§13.3.4,
§13.ex)
mano-duccarita (n) = mental misconduct (§4.ex)
mano-pubbaṅgama (adj, bahubbīhi) = minded-preceded, having mind as the forerunner (§6.4.2.5)
mano/manas (n) = the mind, the mental faculty (§6.1.2, §12.ex)
manorama (adj) = delightful to the mind, agreeable, pleasant (§9.ex)
mano-sañcetanā (f) = mental volition (§13.ex)
mantā (ag noun mantar; Skt: mantṛ) = thoughtful one, a wise one, an advisor, a sage (§12.ex)
mānusaka (adj) = human (§8.ex)
mānusa (adj; n/m) = human, of the human world; the human state (§6.4.2.1)
maraṇa (n) = death (§2.6.2, §3.9.1)
maraṇa-dhamma (adj) = subject to death, of the nature of dying (§6.ex)
marati (3,sg; pre; < √mṛ I/VI ‘die’) = dies (§11.1.1)
mārisa (voc,m,sg; respectful address, used only in voc) = “sir” (§4.ex)
marituye (inf of marati < √mṛ I/VI ‘die’) = to die (§11.1.1)
māsiya (adj) = of month, consisting of months (§8.ex)
māso (nom,m,sg) = month; tāya rattiyā tiṃsa-rattiyo māso = 30 nights in terms of such night is a month
= 30 such nights is a month (§8.ex)
mātā (nom,f,sg; of ag noun mātar) = mother (§12.ex)
mātā-pitaro (nom/acc,m,pl; of ag noun mātā-pitar) = mother-father, parents (§7.3.3, §12.ex)
mātāpetti-bhara (/mātāpetti-bhāra; adj) = supporting mother and father (§10.ex)
mātikā (f) = summary, summary list, content-outline (§13.ex)
mātikā-dhara (adj; m) = bearing the Mātikā, versed in the Mātikā, specialist in the Mātikā, bearer of
the Mātikā (§13.ex)
-matta (adj) = merely (§4.ex)
mattā (f) = measure, amount, right measure; ayaṃ daratha-mattā (nom,f,sg) = this amount of
disturbance (§7.4.5)
mattaññū (nom,m,sg) = who knows the proper measure (§11.ex)
mātu-mātaro (nom,f,pl) = mothers’ mothers, the mother-mother series (§12.ex)
mātugāma (m) = womenfolk (§12.ex)
mayaṃ (1st pers pron; nom,pl of ahaṃ) = we (§1.4.4.1, §5.2);
medhāvī (adj; nom,m,sg of medhāvin < medhā ‘wisdom’ + -in → *medhāyin → medhāvin) = possessing
wisdom, wise (§7.4.5)
megha (m) = cloud, storm, rain; akāla-megha (kammadhāraya-samāsa) = untimely rain (§12.ex)
mettā (f) = loving-kindness, friendliness (§3.10.1)
mettacitto aham asmi (mettacitta is bahubbīhi, < mettā + citta) = I am one with a mind of loving
kindness (I am kind-hearted) (§13.ex)
micchā (adv) = falsely, wrongly, improperly; (in compound, e.g., micchā-diṭṭhi ‘wrong view’) wrong-/
false-/improper- (§4.ex)
297
micchā-diṭṭhi (f) = false view (§13.3.5)

micchā-paṭipanna (adj; a kammadhāra-samāsa < adv+adj) = wrongly practicing, wrongly proceeding,
wrongly engaged (§4.ex, §7.3.6, §12.ex)
micchādiṭṭhi-ka (adj, bahubbīhi) = (one) possessing false views (§13.3.5)
micchādiṭṭhikamma-samādāna (adj, bahubbīhi; < micchā-diṭṭhi-kamma + samādāna) = undertaking
kamma based on false views (§13.ex)
miga (m) = animal (§12.ex)
Migāra (m, npr) = name of a person (§8.3.3.1)
Migāra-mātar (f, npr; = Visākhā) = Migāra’s mother (§9.ex)
Migāramātu-pāsāda (m, npr) = name of a mansion (§14.1)
mināti (3,sg; pre, < √mā II/III/IV ‘measure’) = measures; mita (PPP of mināti) = measured/considered
as, in measure (§14.ex)
mitta (m, n) = friend (§5.ex)
mittakāmena (ins,m,sg) = by one desiring a friend (§9.ex)
mīyati (/miyyati. 3,sg; Skt: mṛyate, act/pas; < √mṛ VI ‘die’) = dies (§11.1.4)
mocaye (3,sg; opt of moceti, caus of muñcati) = he should cause to be free, he should deliver (§7.4.5)
modati (3,sg; pre, < √mud I ‘rejoice’) = rejoices (§1.7.1)
Moggallāna (m, npr) = name of a chief disciple of the Buddha, foremost in psychic powers (§7.3.3)
mogha (adj) = vain, empty, untrue (opposite to sacca) (§5.ex)
moha (m) = delusion; mohaggi (= moha + aggi; nom,m,sg) = fire of delusion (§2.8.1, §4.ex)
mokkha (adj. Skt: maukhya) = foremost, best (§12.ex)
momūha (adj; inten < √muh IV ‘err’) = stupid (§14.ex)
momūhatta (n; abst noun, < momūha + tva) = stupidity (§14.ex)
muccema (1,pl, āt opt < √muc VI ‘release’) = we might/could become free; api (used as emphatic)
muccema = perhaps/may be/if only we could be liberated (§9.3.5.1)
muddhan (m; nom,sg: muddhā/muddhaṃ) = head, peak (§13.ex)
mudhā (ind) = for nothing (§13.ex)
mudiṅga (m) = a kettle drum (§10.ex)
mudu-bhūta (adj; PPP < mudu + √bhū I ‘become’) = being soft, pliable, malleable (§13.ex)
muhutta (m,n) = a moment, a very short time period; muhuttaṃ (adv) = for a moment, for just a short
while (§14.4.2)
mukha (n) = face, entrance, front (§6.ex)
muñcati (3,sg; pre, < √muc VI ‘release’ ) = releases, sets free; muñceyya (3,sg; opt) = he should release
(§7.4.5)
muṇḍaka (adj) = shaven head, bald-headed (§12.ex)
musā (adv) = ‘neglectfully’, falsely, wrongly (§4.ex)
musā-vāda (m) = false speech, speaking falsely (§4.6.2)
mute (loc,n,sg of PPP < √man IV/VIII ‘think’) = in sensing, in the sensed. ((impersonally). muta =
mata, interpreted to refer to the sensory perceptions other than diṭṭha and suta.) (§4.ex, §8.1.2)
muyhati (3,sg; pre, < √muh IV ‘err’. Skt: muhyati)) = errs, becomes deluded (§3.3)
na … atthi = there is no (there does not exist) (§2.6.1.3)
na (ind; negative particle) = not (§1.7.1)
na etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati = this case/situation (ṭhāna) is not found = this is impossible (§9.ex
na idaṃ anukkamitave sakkā yā ayaṃ paṭipadā daḷhā … = It is not possible for this path which is firm
… to be pursued (§11.ex)
na kena-ci (kena: ins,n,sg) = not in (by) any manner, not by any one (§3.ex, §7.2.3)
na kiñ-ci (kiṃ: acc,n,sg; ci is an indefinite particle) = not anything, nothing (at all) (§3.ex, §7.2.3)
na kiñcana (acc,n,sg; qualifying pāpaṃ) = not any, not anything (§7.ex)
na kuhiñ-ci (kuhiṃ: loc,n,sg) = not with regard to (/in respect of) anything (§3.ex)
na pi koci = not anyone at all (§5.8.2)
na tena ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ bhavissati = it is not to be lived long by him = he will not live long (§8.1.2)
nacirasseva (adv phrase) = not long after, shortly after (§10.ex)
nadaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP < √nad I ‘roar’) = roaring (§12.ex)
298
Glossary
naddha (PPP of nahyati, < √nah IV ‘bind’) = yoked, fastened, tied (§8.ex)
nāga (m) = an elephant, bull elephant (§11.1.4)
Nāgadatta (m, npr) = name of a monk (§3.ex)
najjā (gen,f,sg of nadī. Also: nadiyā) = of the river (§12.ex)
nakkhatta (n) = constellation, heavenly body, lunar mansion (§10.ex)
naṃ (acc,m,sg; enclitic form = taṃ) = him, it, that (§7.4.5, §8.ex, §12.ex)
nāma (ind) = by named, named as …; X-nāma = X by name (§4.7.6)
nāma (n) = a name; the name as the non-material components of an individual (in contrast to rūpa)
(§2.ex)
nāma = an emphatic particle (§6.2.1)
nāma-rūpa (n) = name-and-form, the whole psycho-physical complex (§12.ex)
namassati (3,sg; pre, denom < namas ‘homage’ + -ya- → namassati (s- + -y → -ss-) = pays homage,
venerates (§4.1)
namati (3,sg; pre, < √nam I ‘bend’) = bends, inclines towards (§6.4.2.4)
ñāṇa (n) = knowledge (§2.1, §2.9.3)
ñāṇa-dassana (n) = knowledge-vision, vision that is knowledge (§14.4.2)
nānākaraṇaṃ (nom,n,sg) = difference, distinction, separation (§11.1.3)
nandi (/nandī) (f) = pleasure (§4.6.2)
nandi-rāga-sahagatā (nom,f,sg; qualifying taṇhā) = accompanied by pleasure and greed (§4.6.2)
nantaka (n) = ragged cloth, a rag (§3.ex)
nara (m) = a man (§4.ex, §10.ex)
narāsabha = bull-king (leader) among men (§10.ex, §12.ex)
nara-uttama (adj) = supreme/highest of men (§11.ex)
nara-vīraseṭṭha (adj; < nara + vīra + -seṭṭha) = (the one who is) the mightiest among men (§12.ex)
nāsā (f) = nose, elephant’s trunk (§3.9.1)
nāsiyamāna (PrP, pas āt; of caus < √naś IV ‘perish’. The active PrP is nāsayamāna) = being made to be
lost, being driven away (§9.ex)
ñassāma (1,pl; fut < √jñā IX ‘know’) = we shall know (§7.ex)
nassati (3,sg; pre, < √naś IV ‘perish’. Skt: naśyati) = perishes (§3.3)
ñassati (3,sg, fut; < √jñā IX ‘know’) = he will know (§7.ex)
naṭapubba-ka (adj, bahubbīhi) = previously a dancer (§13.3.5)
ñāti (f) = a relative, a kinsman (§13.3.4)
natta-matta (adj) = enough for a grandson, like a grandson (§9.3.3)
natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ = ‘There is no non-death for one who has been born’, no one born can escape
death (§12.ex)
natthitā (f; abst noun) = non-existence (§6.ex)
navanīta (n) = ‘newly drawn out’, fresh butter (§12.ex)
navanīta/nonīta (n) = butter (§10.ex)
ñāya (m) = right method, right way, system, method (§4.ex, §10.ex)
ñāya-paṭipanna (PPP, < ñāya + prati-√pad IV ‘go’ ) = practicing in conformity with the proper system/
way (§4.ex)
ñāyate (3,sg; pre, pas āt, < √jñā IX ‘know’) = is known (§9.5.3)
nayhati (3,sg; pre, < √nah IV ‘bind’. Skt: nahyati)) = binds (§3.3)
na-y-idaṃ (meaning essentially just same as na) = not, not then (in that case) (§7.4.5 , §11.ex, §14.4.2)
negama (adj; < nigama + a) = of the town, town dweller (§11.ex)
nekkhamma (n) = in renunciation (§10.ex)
nemittika/nimittika (m; adj; < nimitta ‘sign’ + -ika) = one who drops hints, a hinter, one who interprets
signs/omens, soothsayer, astrologer; having a cause (§14.ex)
nepakka (n; abst noun) = prudence; nepakkena (ins,n,sg) = with prudence (§2.6.1.3)
Nerañjarā (f, npr) = name of a river (§12.ex)
netave (inf < √nī I ‘lead’) = to lead (§11.1.1)
nevasaññānāsaññāyatana (n; na-eva-saññā-na-a-sañnā-āyatana) = the sphere of neither-ideation-nor-
non-ideation. This is the fourth formless meditative attainment (samāpatti) (§13.ex)
299
ni- (commonly added prefix) = ‘down’, ‘back’ (§3.1.1)

nibandhissaṃ (1,sg; fut of nibandhati/nibbandhati, < ni + √bandh IX ‘bind’) = I will bind down, I will
tie (§9.3.4.3)
nibbāna (n) = the ultimate goal of Buddhism wherein is the complete cessation of all dukkha (suffering,
unsatisfactoriness) (§1.5)
nibbāna-parama (adj; bahubbbīhi, qualifying dhana) = having nibbāna as its highest/best.
nibbasana (adj) = worn-out (§9.ex)
nibbāti/nibbāyati (3,sg; pre, < √vā II ‘blow’. Cf Skt: nirvāti, nirvāyati) = ceases to blow, ceases to burn,
becomes calm (§13.2.1)
nibbindati (3,sg; pre, √vid VI ‘find’) = becomes disgusted, turns away from (§3.6.1)
nibhā (f) = appearance, lustre (§13.ex)
nicca (adj) = permanent, invariable, constant; niccaṃ (acc used as adv) = always, constantly (§5.8.2)
niccato (adv) = as being impermanent (§9.ex)
nidāna (n) = cause, ground, underlying factor (§6.ex)
niddhammati (3,sg; pre, < nir + √dham/dhmā I ‘blow’. Skt: nirdhamati) = blows out, drives out (§14.ex)
niddhanta (PPP of nidhammati < nir + √dham/dhmā I ‘blow’) = purified (by fire), blown off, cast away
(§14.ex)
niddhanta-kasāva-moha (adj; bahubbīhi) = with taint and delusion purified (§14.ex)
nigama (m) = a town, a township (§6.2.1)
nigaṇtha (m) = an ascetic, referring to Mahāvīra, or his follower (§10.ex)
nigaṇṭha-putta (m) = a Jain ascetic (§13.3.4)
niggahita (PPP < ni + √grah IX ‘grasp’) = held down, held back, restrained (§9.3.4.3)
nijigiṃsitar/nijīsitar (m, ag noun, < desid of ni-√ji I ‘conquer’) = one who desires to acquire, one who
covets (§14.ex)
nijjhāna (n) = meditation, deep reflection (§8.ex)
nijjhāna-(k)khanti (nom,f,sg) = reflective/meditative acceptance of, receptivity to, approval of (§7.4.5)
nik-kuha (adj, < nir + kuha) = not deceitful, not fraudulent (§14.ex)
nikāma (m) = desire, wanting; nikāma-lābhin = obtaining (/one who obtains) as desired (§8.3.3)
nikkhepana (n; tappurisa-samāsa) = laying down (§12.ex)
nikkhipatha (2,pl; ipv, < ni + √kṣip VI ‘throw) = put (it) aside! (§12.3.1)
nikkhipati (3,sg; pre, < ni + √kṣip VI/IV ‘throw’) = throws down, lays down, abandons (§3.ex, §6.4.2)
nikkhitta (PPP of nikkhipati) = thrown down, laid down, placed (§9.3.3)
nillolupa (adj; < nir + inten lolupa < √lup VI ‘break’) without greed (§14.ex)
nim-makkha (adj, < nis + makkha. Skt: nirmrakṣa) = ‘without smearing over’, without slandering,
without detraction, without hypocrisy (§14.ex)
nimantana (n) = invitation, a meal of invitation (§9.ex)
nimantito (PPP of nimanteti (√mantr X ‘talk’, ‘take council’; but properly, denom < mantra) ‘summons’,
‘invites’) = invited; so me buddho nimantito = that Buddha is (was) invited by me (§4.ex)
nimitta (n) = sign, mark, meditative object (§6.2.1)
ninna (PPP, < ni + √nam I ‘bend’. Skt: nimna) = bent down, inclined towards, sloped downwards;
yathā-ninnaṃ (adv) = following the slope, along the slope; tan-ninnaṃ (adv) = inclining towards
that (§11.ex)
nipajjati (3.sg; < ni + √pad IV ‘go’) = lies down (§3.ex)
nipatitvā (ger of nipatati; < ni + √pat I ‘fall’) = falls down (§6.ex)
nippesika (m) = one who solicits gifts, one who belittles others (§14.ex)
nippipāsa (adj; < nis + pipāsā, inten < √pā I ‘drink) = free from thirst (§14.ex)
nipuṇo (nom,m,sg, adj) = subtle (§1.5)
nirabbuda (n) = a very huge number, said to be 20 abbudas (§8.ex)
nirāsaya (adj; < nir + āsaya. Skt: nirāśaya) = without intention, without inclination, free from aspiration
(§14.ex)
niraya (m) = hell (§3.ex)
nirodha-dhamma (adj) = of the nature of cessation (§10.ex)
nirodhi (3,sg; aor pas < ni + rudh VII ‘obstruct’) = it was ceased (§10.ex)
300
Glossary
nirujjhamāna (PrP, āt, of nirujjhati) = ceasing (§6.3.3)

nirujjhati (3,sg; pre, < ni + √rudh VII ‘obstruct’) = ceases, stops, is ceased (§4.5.3, §6.3.3)
nirūpadhi/nirupadhi (adj) = free from attachment, clinging (§13.2.1)
nis (nir- in front of vowel; a following consonant is doubled, or → nī-; commonly added prefix) = ‘out’,
‘away’, ‘without’ (§3.1.1)
nisīdi (3,sg; aor of nisīdati) = he sat down (§10.ex)
nisīdati (3,sg; pre, < ni + √sad I ‘sit’) = sits down (§1.ex); PPP: nisinna (§4.7.6)
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ (n) = an expiatory offence involving forfeiture (§11.ex)
nissaraṇa (n) = exit, escape (§4.ex)
nissāya (ger, < ni + √śri I ‘lean’, ‘depend on’) = leaning on, depending on, resting on (§9.5.3)
nissita (PPP < ni + √śri I ‘take refuge’) = leaned upon; dvaya-nissito = dependent on a duality (§6.ex)
niṭṭhā (f) = ultimate goal, consummate point, decision, conclusion; niṭṭhaṃ (acc,f,sg) is obj of gacchanti
(§2.ex)
nitthaṃ gacchati = arrives at the conclusion (§2.ex)
niṭṭhāna (n) = completion, culmination (§10.ex)
nivāraṇa (n) = obstructing, preventing, restraining (§9.5.3)
nivāsetvā (ger of caus < ni + √vas II ‘wear’) = having dressed (§4.5.3)
niveseti (3,sg; pre, caus, < ni + √viś VI ‘enter’) = makes enter, causes to settle down upon, directs
towards, installs (§3.ex)
nīyamāna (PrP, pas; < √nī I ‘lead’) = being led (§12.ex)
no (= nu; emphatic particle. Not the emphatic negation particle) = definitely, indeed, etc. (§2.6.1.2);
reinforces a qusteion (§5.ex)
no (emphatic negation particle) = not, no; definitely not, no (§2.7.1)
no (gen/dat,1,pl) = of/for us (§6.4.2.4)
no cassa (ca assa), no ca me siyā; na bhavissati, na me bhavissati = it might not be and I might not have
it. It will not be and I will not have it (§8.ex)
no hetaṃ (hi etaṃ) = it is indeed not (§7.ex)
nu (emphatic particle, reinforcing the question) = indeed, surely (§4.1)
obhāsa (m) = light, radiance (§7.ex)
odahati (3,sg; pre, < ava + √dhā III ‘place’) = places on, lays down on (§8.ex)
odahiṃsu (3,pl; aor of odahati ‘places’, ‘inserts’, < ava + √dhā III ‘put’) = inserted (§10.ex)
ogha (m) = flood, rapid (§2.ex)
ohāretvā (ger, caus, √hṛ I ‘take away’) = having removed (§4.ex)
ohāya (ger < ava + √hā III ‘abandon’) = having discarded (§11.ex)
ohita-bhāra (adj; bahubbīhi, < PPP of ava + √dhā III ‘put’ + bhāra) = (who) has laid down burden
(§14.3.1)
ohita-soto (adj; nom,m,sg (ohita + sota ). ohita is PPP of odahati) = ‘with ear placed on’, being attentive
(§8.ex)
okampetvā (ger of caus < ava + √kamp I ‘tremble’) = having shaken (§9.1.1)
okāra (m) = meanness, degradation (§10.ex)
okkamati (3,sg; pre, < ava + √kram I ‘step’) = steps down into, descends, enters (down) into (§14.ex)
okkamissatha (3,sg, āt; condl < ava + √kram I ‘step’) = had it descended, were it to descend (§14.ex)
okkamissati (3,sg; fut of okkamati < ava + √kram I ‘step’) = will step down upon, will enter (§9.ex)
okoṭimako (adj, nom,m,sg) = having deformity, deformed (§5.ex)
oḷārika (adj) = coarse, gross, obvious (§13.ex)
omaka (adj) = inferior, deficient, smaller (§13.3.5)
opanayiko (nom,m,sg, adj; < upanaya + ika) = leading on to [Nibbāna] (§1.ex)
opaneyyika (adj; = upanayika, < upanaya + -ika. Skt: aupanayika) = leading near to, conducive to
(nibbāna) (§11.ex)
osadha (n) = medicine (§4.2.2)
osāna (n) = end, stopping, final stage (§8.ex)
osato (PPP < ava + √sṛ I ‘flow’) = ‘has flown down’, has entered into (§4.7.6)
otarati (3,sg; pre, < ava + √tṝ I ‘cross over’) = descends into.
301
otiṇṇa (PPP of otarati) = descended into, immersed (§11.ex)

ottappa (n) = moral fear (§2.6.2.1)
ottappati/ottapati (3,sg; < ava + √trap I ‘be ashamed’) = is morally fearful, is shameful (§4.ex)
ottappin (adj; < ottappa) = possessing moral fear, shameful (§4.ex)
oṭṭha (m) = lip (§3.9.1)
ovāda-ka (adj) = advisor (§11.ex)
ovadati (3,sg; pre, < ava + √vad I ‘speak’ ) = advices eadmonishes; ovaditabbaṃ: (nom,n,sg; impersonal)
FPP (§3.9.1, §9.3.3)
ovadatu (3,sg, ipv; < ava + √vad I ‘speak’. For ipv, see §9.2) = Let/may him advice (§6.4.2.2)
pa- (Skt: pra-; commonly added prefix) = ‘forth’, ‘outwards’, ‘forward’, ‘away’, ‘before’, ‘eminently’
(§3.1.1)
pabbajati (3,sg; pre, < pra + √vraj I ‘proceed’) = goes forth, leaves home (to be a monk/novice),
renounces the world (§1.7.1)
pabbajissati (3,sg; fut of pabbajati) = he will go forth (§7.ex)
pabbajita (PPP of pabbajati) = has gone forth, went forth; the ordained, renunciate (§2.ex, §4.ex)
pabbajjā (f) = going forth, renunciation, the novice ordination (§7.ex)
pabbata (m) = mountain, hill (§4.2.2)
pabhā (f) = radiance; sayaṃ-pabhā (f) = self-radiance, natural radiance (§10.ex)
pabhassara (adj) = self-luminous, translucent (§14.3.1)
Pabhāvatī (f, npr) = name of a beautiful queen (§6.4.2.1)
pacattaṃ (adv) = personally, individually (§8.1.1)
paccāgacchati (3,sg; < prati + ā + √gam I ‘go’) = comes back to, returns; abhabbo paccāgantuṃ =
incapable of returning to (§12.ex)
paccakkhati (3,sg, < prati + ā + √khyā II ‘be known’) = speaks against, rejects, refutes, returns to;
paccakkhāya: ger of paccakkhati; sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya (ger of paccakkhati) = having rejected
(given up) your training (§11.ex)
paccassosuṃ (3,pl; aor, < prati + √śru V ‘hear’) = they replied, they answered (§10.ex)
paccavekkhitabba (FPP of paccavekkhati < prati + ava + √īkṣ I ‘see’) = should be reflected, should be
reviewed (§14.ex)
paccaya (m) = causal condition (§2.6.2.1)
pacceka-bodhi (f) = Enlightenment of a Solidary Buddha (§6.4.2.2)
paccavekkhati (3,sg; pre, < prati + ava + √īkṣ I ‘see’) = meditatively reflects, contemplates, reviews,
considers. (§8.ex)
paccavekkhamāna (PrP, āt, of paccavekkhati) = meditaively reflecting, contemplating (§8.ex)
pacchā (adv) = afterwards (§13.ex)
pacchā-bhattaṃ (adv; avyayībhāva-samāsa) = after meal (§12.2.3, §12.ex)
pacchima (adj) = latest, last, later; western (§13.ex)
paccupaṭṭhita (PPP < prati + upa + √sthā I ‘stand’) = ‘stood right in front’, become present, have been
established, imminent (§6.4.2.3, §12.ex)
pācittiya (adj) = requiring expiation.expiatory (§11.ex)
pāda (m) = foot (§3.ex)
pada (n) = foot; footstep, step, track; way, path, place, case, constituent, characteristic; a word, verse,
line, sentence; catu-(p)pada = (adj) consisting of four lines (§12.ex, §14.ex)
pada-jāta (n) = ‘foot-generated’, footstep characteristic, footprint (§14.ex)
padahati (3,sg; pre < pra + √dhā III ‘put’, ‘place’) = he puts forth effort, strives (§8.ex)
pādaṅguṭṭhaka/pādaṅguṭṭhaka (m) = a toe (§9.ex, §14.1)
padesa (m) = place, region; padesaṃ (acc) bhajati = resorts to (§6.ex)
paduṭṭha-manasaṅkappa (adj, bahubbīhi; < paduṭṭha (PPP < pra+ √duṣ IV ‘spoil’) + manasaṅkappa) =
with a corrupted intention (§13.ex)
pag eva (adv) = less still, how much more so (§11.ex)
pahāna (n; pahānāya dat,sg) = abandoning/abandonment (§1.5)
paharati (3,sg; < pra + √hṛ I ‘carry’) = beats; pahariṃsu (3,pl; aor of paharati) = they beat (§10.ex)
pahātabba (adj; FPP, < pra + √hā III ‘abandon’) = to be abandoned (§8.ex)
302
Glossary
pahāya (ger < pra-√hā III ‘abandon’) = having abandoned (§4.6.2, §7.ex)
pahīna (PPP < pra-√hā III ‘abandon’) = abandoned (§1.4.6, §6.ex)
pahita (PPP < pra + √dhā III ‘put’; cf pahāṇa which means ‘exertion’) = with a resolute will (§5.8.2)
pahitatta (adj, bahubbīhi; < pahita (PPP of padahati) + atta (< attan; Skt: ātman) = resolute in mind
(§5.8.2, §8.ex)
pahīyate (3,sg, pas; < √hā III ‘abandon’) = is abandoned (§9.ex)
pahīyissati (3,sg, fut; pas of pajahāti/pajahati < pra + √hā III ‘abandon’) = will be abandoned (§9.5.3)
pāhuneyya (FPP, < pra + ā + √hu III ‘sacrifice’. Skt: prāhavanīya) = to be shown hospitability, worthy
of hospitability (§8.1.1)
pahūta (adj) = much (§9.ex
pajā (f) = offspring, generation, world of beings, mankind (§12.ex)
pajahāmi (1,sg; < pra + √hā III ‘abandon’) = I shall abandon (§8.ex)
pajahassu (2,sg; āt ipv, < √hā III ‘abandon’) = let you abandon (§9.3.5.1)
pajahatha (ipv, 2,pl < √hā III ‘abandon) = you abandon (§11.1.3)
pajahati (3,sg; pre < √hā III ‘abandon) = abandons (§8.2.2)
pajjalati (3,sg; pra + √jval I ‘blaze’) = blazes up (§12.ex)
pajjati (√pad IV ‘go’. Skt: padyate) = goes to (§3.3)
pakāsesi (3,sg, aor, < pra + √kāś I/IV ‘shine’) = he proclaimed (§10.ex)
pakāsetha (2,pl, ipv < caus of √kāś I/IV ‘shine’) = proclaim, make known (§9.2.4)
pakāseti (3,sg; pre, caus of pakāsati < √kāś I/IV ‘shine’) = makes known, proclaims (§3.10.1)
pakkamantā (nom,m,pl; PrP < pra + √kram I ‘step’) = they are going out (§6.3.3)
pakkamati (3,sg; pre, < pra + √kram I ‘step’) = steps forth (§3.ex)
pakkanto (nom,m,sg; PPP < pra + √kram I ‘step’) = ‘stepped out’, left (§9.1.1)
pakkha (m) = wing, side, party, partisan, a half of the month, a fortnight (§13.ex)
pakkhin (adj; m, < pakkha + -in) = ‘possessing wing’; a bird (§4.6)
palāpa (m) = prattle, gossip (§4.ex)
pāleti (3,sg; pre; < √pā II ‘watch’, ‘protect’) = protects (§14.ex)
pallala (n) = a small pond or lake (§5.5)
pallaṅka (m; Skt: pary-aṅka ‘fully-curved’) = fully cross-legged position (usually in meditation) (§7.
ex); ekapallaṅkena (ins used as adv) = (seated) in a single posture, cross-legged (§12.ex)
palujjati (3,sg; pas < pra + √ruj VI ‘break’) = breaks off, crumbles; 3,sg, opt: palujjeyya = would break
off (§9.ex)
pamāda (m) = heedlessness, slackness; pamāde (loc,m,sg) = in heedlessness (§4.6.2)
pamādattha (2,pl; aor of pamajjati < √mad IV ‘be intoxicated’) = you were negligent (§13.ex)
pamādo (2,sg; a-aor of pamajjati < √mad IV ‘be intoxicated’) = you were heedless/negligent (§13.ex)
pamodati (3,sg; pre, < pra + √mud I ‘rejoice’) greatly rejoices, becomes overjoyed (§1.7.1)
pāmojja (n, abst noun) = joyousness, joy (§9.ex)
paṃsu = dust, dirt; paṃsu-kūlāni (nom,n,pl) = rags from a dust-heap, rag-robes (§9.ex)
pana (ind) = but, and, and now, then, now, furthermore, etc. (§1.6)
pāṇa (m) = living beings (§10.ex)
pāṇa-atipāta (m) = taking of life, killing (§7.3.6)
panāda (m) = shouting, shrieks of joy (§12.ex)
pāṇaka (m) = ‘one endowed with breath’, living being, small creature (§13.3.5)
paṇāma (n) = bowing, salutation (§11.ex)
pañca (num) = five (§2.6.2.1)
pañca-kkhandhā (nom,m,pl; digu-samāsa) = the five aggregates (§12.ex)
pañca-matta (adj) = measuring five, five by measure, as many as five; pañcamattāni licchavi-satāni =
Licchavis measuring 500 = five hundred of Licchavis (§8.ex)
pañcadasī (f) = the 15th day of a fortnight (§13.ex)
pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ (both gen,n,pl) = of five faculties (§2.6.2.1)
pañcopādānakkhandhā (pañca + upādāna + khanddhā) = the five grasping-aggregates (§2.9.2)
paṇḍita (adj; m) = wise; a wise one (§7.4.5)
paṇḍu-kambale (loc,m/n,sg) = on an orange-coloured cloth (§9.3.3)
303
pāṇi (m) = hand; ins,sg: pāṇinā, pl: pāṇīhi (§6.ex)

paṇidhāya (ger; < pra + √dhā III ‘place’) = putting; ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya = putting the body upright
(§7.ex)
pānin (adj) = having life, living; pānino (nom,m,pl) = living beings, creatures (§5.8.2)
paññā (nom,f,sg; subj of sentence) = wisdom (§2.6.1.2)
paññāṇa (n; < pra + jñana) = wisdom, profound knowledge (§9.5.3)
paññāpana (n) = declaration, designation, disclosure (§14.3.1)
paññapema (1,pl; pre, caus < √jñā IX ‘know’) = we designate.explain (§8.ex)
paññāpessa (3,sg; active condl, of paññāpeti, caus < pra + √jñā IX ‘know) = he would have designated
(§14.4.2)
paññāpeti (3,sg; caus < pra + √jñā IX ‘know) = causes to know, makes known, declares, designates,
defines; paññāpema (1, pl; pre, of paññāpeti) = we make known, we designate, we define (§3.ex)
paññāpetuṃ (inf of paññāpeti; caus < pra + √jñā IX ‘know’) = to cause to know, to make known, to
designate, to explain, to express (§11.1.3)
paññāpetuṃ gati natthi = There is no destiny to be made known. (Note passive sense of the inf here)
(§11.ex)
paññāsa (num) vassāni (nom,n,pl) = 50 years (§8.ex)
paññāsam (acc,f,sg; used as adv) pi mayaṃ yojanāni (acc,n,pl; used as adv) gaccheyyāma (1,pl, opt <
√gam I ‘go’) = we would go even for 50 leagues (§8.ex)
paññāsāya (loc,f,sg) yojanesu (loc,n,pl) = in/within 50 league (§8.ex)
paññavā/paññāvā (non,m,sg of paññāvant) = possessing wisdom (§4.4.3)
paññāyati (3,sg; pas of pajānāti, < pra + √jñā IX ‘understand’. For pas, see §9.4) = is known (§8.ex)
paññāyetha (3,sg, opt, pas; of paññāpeti ) = it could be recognized, it could be discerned (§11.ex, §14.
ex)
paññāyiṃsu (3,pl, aor of paññāyati < pas of pra + √jñā IX ‘know) = were known, were discerned (§10.
ex)
paññāyissati (3,sg, fut, pas < caus of pra + √jñā IX ‘know’) = it will be known, it will be discerned
(§9.ex)
panta (n; Skt: prānta) = remote, far away (§13.ex)
pāpa (adj; n) = wicked, bad, evil, sinful; evil, evil act (§6.3.3)
pāpa-kammaṃ (acc,n,sg) = evil action (§6.3.3)
pāpaka (adj) = bad, evil (§1.ex)
pāpakammin (adj, bahubbīhi; < pāpa + kamma + -in) = having evil kamma, evil-doer (§13.3.5)
papañca (m) = conceptual proliferation (§6.ex)
papañcasaññā-saṅkhā (f) = linguistic conventions characterized by (/rooted in) ideation of conceptual
proliferation (§6.ex)
papañceti (3,sg; pre, denom of papañca < pra + √pañc/pac I ‘make clear’, ‘diffuse’) = explains fully,
amplifies, spreads, conceptually proliferates (§6.ex)
pāpessati (3,sg, fut of caus of pappoti, < pra + √āp V ‘acquire’) = he will cause to acquire (§6.4.2.2)
pāpima (/pāpimā, voc,m,sg of pāpimant. Skt: pāpman ‘evil’) = O the Evil One (i.e., Māra) (§11.ex)
pāpiṭṭha-tara (comparative -tara formed from an earlier superlative -iṭṭha) = more evil, worse (§11.ex)
pappoti/pāpuṇāti (3,sg; pre, < pra + √āp V ‘acquire’. Skt: prāpnoti. Note that in Pāli, it is also conjugated
like a Class IX verb) = acquires, attains (§5.8.2, §6.ex)
para (adj, adv) = another, other; beyond; further side (§1.ex); paraṃ (adv) = later, subsequently (§3.9.1)
para-hetu (adv) = because of others, for others’ sake (§4.ex)
para-lābha-sakkāra-garukāra-mānana-vandana-pūjanāsu issati upadussati = he/she is jealous and
resentful towards the gains, honour, … and worship received by others (§3.ex)
para(p)pavāda (m) = others’ doctrine (§1.ex)
parābhava (m) = defeat, ruin, downfall (§6.ex)
paradhamma-apasādanā (f) = disparagement of others’ Dhamma (§5.ex)
pāragū (adj/m; nom,m,sg) = reached (mastered) the ultimate, attained perfection (§11.2.3)
paraṃ (adv) = after, subsequently, beyond (§2.6.2, §2.9.1)
paraṃ maraṇā = beyond (after) death (§2.6.2)
304
Glossary
parama (adj) = highest, supreme (§2.6.1.3, §5.8.2)

parama-saccaṃ (acc,n,sg) = highest truth (§8.ex)
parāmāssa (ger < parā + √mṛś VI ‘touch’+ ya) = having clung to, clinging to (§9.5.2)
paran-tapo (adj, nom,m,sg) = tormenting others (§5.ex)
paresaṃ (dat,m,pl of the pronominal para) = for others (§7.4.5)
pari- (commonly added prefix) = ‘round’, ‘fully’ (§3.1.1)
paribhavati (3,sg; pre, < pari + √bhū I ‘become’) = despises, denounces (§1.ex)
paribbājaka (adj; m) = wandering about; wanderer, wandering mendicant (§2.ex, §5.ex)
paribhāsati (3,sg; pre, √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = abuses, defames, censures (§2.ex)
paribhuñjati (3,sg, pre < pari + √bhuj I ‘enjoy’) = enjoy, enjoy the use, consume (food) (§6.4.2.3)
paricarati (3,sg; pre, < pari + √car I ‘go’, ‘move’) = moves about, attends on, worships (the fire) (§8.ex)
pariccaje (3,sg; opt of pariccajati < pari + √tyaj I ‘leave’) = he should relinquish (§7.4.5)
paricumbati (3,sg; pre, < pari + √cumb I ‘kiss’) = kisses (§6.ex)
pariddavo (= paridevo; nom,m,sg) = lamentation (§9.5.3)
parihānāya (dat,n,sg of parihāna ‘retrogression’) = for retrogression (§4.6.2)
parijānāti (3,sg; < pari + √jñā IX ‘know’) = fully knows (§8.ex)
parikkhaya (m; < pari + khaya) = complete destruction.exhaustion, end (§5.ex)
parikkhīṇa (PPP; < pari + √kṣi V/IX) = fully destroyed (§14.3.1)
parikkhīṇa-bhavasaṃyojana (adj; bahubbīhi, < PPP of pari + √kṣi + bhavasaṃyojana) = who has fully
destroyed the existence-fetters (§14.3.1)
pariklesa (m) = hardship, molestation, misery (§9.5.3)
parimukha (adj) = facing, in front (§7.ex, §12.ex); parimukhaṃ (adv) = facing, in front (§12.ex)
parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā = having established mindfulness in front (§12.ex)
parimutto apāya-duggati-vinipātā (abl,m,sg) = fully liberated from perdition, unfortunate destinies and
places of suffering (§5.ex)
parinibbāyissati (3,sg,fut of denom < parinibbāna) = will attain parinibbāna (§7.ex)
parinibbuta (used as PPP of nibbāyati, < pari + nir + √vṛ V/IX/I ‘cover’) = perfectly calmed, completely
at rest, fully emancipated, attained nibbāna (§13.2.1)
pariññā (f) = full knowledge, full understanding, complete knowledge; pariññatthaṃ (adv) = for the
purpose of full understanding (§7.ex)
pariññātāvin (PPA, < pari + √jñā IX ‘know’) = has fully known, has completely understood; one who
has fully known, one possessing full knowledge (§14.ex)
pariññāya (ger of pari + √jñā IX ‘know’) = having fully known (§5.ex)
pariññeyya (FPP, < pari + √jñā IX ‘know’) = to be fully known, should be fully known (§8.ex)
paripañhati (3,sg; pre, < pari + denom < pañha ‘question’) = he questions (§5.ex)
paripucchati (3,sg; pre, < pari + √prach VI ‘ask’) = he asks (§5.ex)
paripuṇṇa (adj; PPP < pari + √pṛ/pṝ III/IX ‘fill’) = completely fulfilled, complete (§11.ex)
paripūra (adj) = full, perfect, complete, accomplished (§14.ex)
paripūratta (n, abst noun; < paripūra + -tta. See §11.3) = complete fulfillment, perfection (§2.6.2.1)
pāripūri (f; abst noun < pari + √pṝ III/IX ‘fill’. BHS: pāripūri) = fulfillment, perfection; pāripūriyā
(dat,f,sg) = for fullfilment. (§3.ex)
parirakkhati (3,sg; pre, < pari + √rakṣ I ‘guard’) = guards; parirakkhanto (nom,m,sg; PrP of parirakkhati)
= guarding (§10.ex)
parisā (f) = surrounding people, group, assembly (§2.ex)
parisambāhati (3,sg; pre, caus, < pari + sam + √bṛh I/VI ‘become great’) = stroke, caress (§6.ex)
parisaññū (nom,m,sg) = who knows the assembly (§11.ex)
parisati (loc,f,sg, of parisā ‘assembly’) = in the assembly (§7.3.5)
parisuddha (PPP < pari + √śudh IV ‘be pure) = purified (§6.3.3)
parisuddha-ñāṇadassana (adj, bahubbīhi) = (one who is ) purified in respect of knowledge and vision
(§6.3.3)
pārisuddhi (f) = purity (§13.ex)
paritta (adj) = limited, little, small (§12.ex)
parivīmaṃsā (f) = full inquiry, thorough search (§6.2.1)
305
parivīmaṃsam āpajjati = gets into full inquiry, fully investigates (§6.2.1)

parivuta (PPP < pari + √vṛ V/XI/I ‘cover’) = surrounded (§6.ex)
pariyādinna-citto (adj; nom,m,sg) = with/having a mind overcome (by), mentally obsessed (with)
(§7.4.5)
pariyāya (noun) = synonym, alternative, perspective; paryāyena (adv) = alternatively, through a
perspective (§2.9.2)
pariyāyena (ins used as adv) = taking turns (§3.9.1)
pariyeseyyaṃ (1,sg, opt, of pariyesati, < pari + √iṣ IV ‘seek’) = I should seek out (§11.ex)
pariyosāna-kalyāṇa (adj) = good in the end (§3.ex)
pariyuṭṭhāya (ger of pariyuṭṭhati < pari +ava + √sthā I ‘stand’) = having become prepossessed, having
pervaded, having enwrapped (§6.4.2.2)
pasāda (m) = clarity, purity, tranquillity, firm conviction, clarified faith (§5.ex)
pāsādika (adj) = pleasant, lovely, favourable (§6.2.1)
pāsāda (m) = palace, mansion (§6.4.2.1)
pasaṃsiya (FPP of pasaṃsati, < pra + √śaṃs I ‘praise’) = to be praised (§11.ex)
pasanna (PPP < pra + √sad I ‘sit’, ‘sink’) = firmly convinced, having firm conviction (§14.ex)
pasavati (3,sg; pre, < pra + √ su/sū I/II ‘beget’) = begets, generates (§3.10.1)
passambhayaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of passambhayati, caus of passambhati < pra + √śrambh I ‘be careless’)
= calming (§7.ex)
passāmi (1,sg; pre, √paś I ‘see’) = I see (§3.4.1)
passantī (nom,f,sg; PrP of passati < √paś I ‘see’) = (mother) seeing (§6.3.3)
passasati (3,sg; pre, < pra + √śvas I/II ‘breathe) = breathes out (§7.ex)
passatha (2,pl; pre, < √paś I ‘see’) no tumhe (verb placed in front to indicate a question) = Now, do
you indeed see? (§5.ex)
passati (3,sg; pre, < √paś I ‘see’) = he sees (§1.7.1)
passavho (2,pl, āt ipv; < √paś I ‘see’) = see! (§9.3.5.1)
passeyyaṃ (1,sg; opt, < √paś I ‘see’) = I would see (§7.4.5)
Pāṭaliputta (m, npr) = name of city (§14.ex)
pātaṃ (acc of pātar; adv) = early in the morning (§11.ex)
patāpī (nom,m,sg, < patāpin) = ‘possessing splendour (vasa)’, splendid, majestic (§4.ex)
patha (m) = path, road, way (§9.3.5.1)
paṭhama (adj) = first, foremost (§9.3.4.3)
pathama (ordinal number; adj) = first (§4.5.3)
paṭhama-abhisambuddha (adj) = first enlightened (§12.ex)
paṭhama-tara (adj; with comparative suffix -tara) = the ‘more first’, the first, earlier (§11.2.3)
pathamaṃ (adv) = first (§3.ex)
pathavī (nom,m,sg of pathavin ‘earth’) = earth (§3.6.1)
pātheyya (n) = provision for a journey (§11.ex)
pati (m) = husband, lord, chief (§5.ex)
pati/paṭi (Skt: prati-; commonly added prefix) = ‘opposing’, ‘against’, ‘towards’, ‘in return’, ‘according
to each’, ‘individually’ (§3.1.1)
patibaddha-citta (adj, bahubbīhi; < patibaddha (PPP < prati + √bandh IX ‘bind’) + citta) = whose mind
is bound/fixated (§13.ex)
paṭibhātu (3,sg; ipv, < prati + √bhā II ‘shine’) = let it occur (to you) (§9.2.4)
paṭicca (ger of pacceti ‘falls back on’; < prati + √i II ‘go’ + (t)ya) = having depended on, having been
grounded on, having been conditioned by, because (§3.6.1); kiṃ paṭicca = because of what? (§4.ex)
paṭiggahitaṃ (PPP < prati + √grah IX ‘seize’; nom,n,sg, qualifying etaṃ) = received, learned (§5.ex)
paṭiggaṇheyya (3,sg, opt, √grah IX ‘grasp’) = could receive, could accept (§10.ex)
paṭihaṅkhati (3,sg, fut of paṭihanti < prati + √han II ‘strike’, ‘destroy’) = will eliminate, will destroy
(§11.ex)
pāṭihāriya (adj; n) = extraordinary, surprising, wonderful; supernatural occurrence, miracle (§14.ex)
paṭijaggeyya (3,sg; opt of paṭijaggati; < prati + √jāgṛ II ‘wake’) = he would wake up (§7.4.5)
paṭijānāmi (1,sg, pre < prati + √jñā IX ‘know’) = I claim (§6.3.3)
306
Glossary
paṭikkamati (3,sg; pre, < prati + √kram I ‘step’) = steps backwards, returns, recedes, subsides (§1.ex,
§2.7.1, §3.ex, §8.ex)
paṭikkamosāna (n; < paṭikkama + osāna) = final recession, final subsiding (§8.ex)
paṭikuṭṭha (PPP of paṭikkosati < prati + √kruś I ‘cry out’) = protested against, rejected, repudiated
(§9.5.3)
paṭilabhati (3,sg, √labh I ‘obtain’) = gains, obtains (§2.8.1)
paṭilābhāya (dat,m,sg) = for the obtainment (§3.4.1)
paṭilomaṃ (adv) = in the reverse order/sequence (§12.2.3)
paṭipadā (f) = path, practice, course of practice (§3.9.1)
pāṭipada (adj; < paṭipadā + a) = practising the path, progressing on the path (§11.1.3)
paṭipādeti (3,sg; pre, < prati + √pad IV ‘attain’, ‘go’. aor, 3,pl: paṭipādesuṃ) = causes them to practice,
causes them to attain (§13.3.4)
paṭipajjati (3,sg; pre, < prati + √pad IV ‘go’) = practices (§6.ex)
paṭipanna (PPP, < prati + √pad IV ‘go’) = practicing, progressing (§4.3.3, §6.4.2.3)
patirūpa/paṭirūpa (adj) = suitable, proper, appropriate (§11.ex)
paṭisaṃvedeti (3,sg; pre, < prati + sam + √vid II ‘know’) = (directly) feels.experiences (§2.6.1.1, §3.9.1)
paṭisaṃvedī (adj; nom,m,sg, of paṭisaṃvedin) = experiencing (§12.ex)
paṭisaṃyutta (adj; PPP, < prati + sam + √yuj VII ‘yoke’) = connected with, pertaining to (§3.ex)
paṭisaṅkhā (= paṭisaṃkhāya; ger < prati + sam + √khyā II ‘perceive’, ‘tell’) = carefully reflecting/
considering (§11.ex)
paṭisevati (3,sg; pre, < prati + √sev I ‘serve’) = pursues, practices, resorts to (§13.ex)
patiṭṭhahitvā (ger of patiṭṭhahati/patiṭṭhāti ‘stands firmly’; < prati + √sthā I ‘stand’) = standing (having
stood) firmly against (the ground) (§11.ex)
patiṭṭhāpeti (3.sg; pre, < caus of prati + √sthā I ‘stand’ ) = causes to stand firm, establishes (§6.ex)
patiṭṭhāya (ger of patiṭṭhahati, < prati + √sthā I ‘stand’) = standing against, resting upon (§9.5.3)
patiṭṭhita (PPP of patiṭṭhāti/patiṭṭhahati, < prati + √sthā I ‘stand’) = established in, settled, fixed,
arrayed, supported; tantiyo … same (loc) guṇe (loc) patiṭṭhitā = the strings … ‘have been settled into
the same quality’, have been properly tuned (§7.ex)
paṭivāpeti (caus of prati + √vap ‘sow’) = causes to be free, takes away from (§3.10.1)
paṭivāpetvā (ger of paṭivāpeti) = having made (his mind) free from (those states), having cleansed (§3.
ex)
paṭivijjhati (3,sg; pre, < prati + √vyadh IV ‘pierce’) = penetrates, masters; paṭivijjhi (3,sg; aor of
paṭivijjhati ) = he penetrated, he mastered (§10.ex)
paṭivineti (3,sg; pre, < prati + vi + √nī I ‘lead’) = drives away, banishes, subdues (§9.ex, §14.ex)
paṭivinodeti (3,sg; pre, < prati + vi + √nud VI ‘push’) = removes, dispels, banishes (§13.2.1)
paṭivirata (PPP < prati + vi + √ram I ‘enjoy’) = restrained (§7.3.6, §12.ex)
patta (m/n) = bowl (§4.5.3)
patta (PPP of pāpuṇāti/papppoti) = attained (§2.6.2.1 ,§11.ex)
patta-cīvara (n) = the bowl-and-robe (§4.5.3)
pattha (n) = a lonely place, a wilderness (§13.ex)
paṭṭhāna (n) = setting forth, application, abiding, establishment (§8.3.3.1)
pātu-bhūta (PPP of pātu(r)-√bhū I ‘become’) = become manifested, manifested, appeared (§9.ex)
pātu-karoti = makes manifest, discloses (§9.1.1)
pātu(r)-bhavati (3,sg; pre, < √bhū I ‘become’) = appears, becomes manifest (§12.ex)
pātubhāva (m) = appearance, coming into manifestation (§9.3.5.1)
pātur-ahesuṃ (3,pl; aor of pātu-bhavati) = appeared, came into manifestation (§10.ex)
pavara (m; adj, < pra + vara) = most excellent, distinguished, noble; the most excellent (§12.ex, §14.3.1)
pavāti (3,sg, pre < pra + √vā II ‘blow’) = blows forth, diffuses (§4.2.2)
pavecchati (3,sg; pre, a distortion from pra + √yam I ‘give’. See PTSD. Skt: prayacchati) = gives,
bestows; pavecche (3,sg; opt, of pavecchati < pra + √yam I ‘give’) = he would give, he would bestow
(§14.ex)
pavedita (PPP of pra + caus < √vid II ‘know) = made known, declared, proclaimed (§13.ex)
pavicarati (3,sg; pre, < pra + vi + √car I ‘move’) = examines, investigates (§6.2.1)
307
pavicinati (3,sg; pre, < pra + vi + √ci V, 3,sg: cināti/cinoti ‘gather’) = discriminates, discerns (§6.2.1)
pavisati (3,sg; pre; < pra + √viś VI ‘enter’) = enters into, enters (§1.4.4.2, §2.6.1.3, §3.ex)
pāvisi (3,sg; aor of pavisati. See for aor §10.1) = he entered (§8.3.1)
paviṭṭḥa (PPP of pavisati) = has entered, entered (§4.7.6, §4.ex)
pavuccare (3,pl; pas, āt < pra + √vac II ‘speak’) = are called (§9.ex)
pavuccati (3,sg, pas; < pra + √vac II ‘speak’) = is called, is spoken as (§11.2.3)
payirupāsati (3,sg, pre < pari + upa + √ās II ‘sit’) = ‘sits completely near’, he attends on, serves upon
(§8.ex); payirupāsiṃ: 1,sg; aor (§10.ex)
payojana (n) = purpose, use, need (§2.5.2)
pecca (ger of pra + √i II ‘go’) = having gone, having departed (§5.ex)
pekkhati (3,sg; pre, < pra + √īkṣ I ‘see’) = looks on, looks at, beholds, observes; pekkhato: gen,m,sg of
PrP (§9.ex)
pema (n) = affection, love (§12.ex)
Pessa (npr; m) = name of a person (§5.ex)
phala (n) = fruit (§4.ex)
phalati (3,sg; pre, < √phal I ‘burst’, ‘split’, ‘bear fruit’) = splits (§13.ex)
phāṇita (n) = raw sugar, molasses (§10.ex)
phassa (m) = contact, touch. (§2.6.1.3)
phassa-āyatanāna (nl) = the (six) abodes of contact (§4.ex)
phāsu (adj) = comfortable, at ease (§5.ex, §11.ex)
phāsu-vihāra (m) = state of comfort (§11.ex)
phusati (3,sg; pre, < √spṛś VI ‘touch’) = touches (§9.ex); FPP: phoṭṭhabba = tangible; the tangible (n;
i.e., object of the faculty of touch) (§12.ex)
phusissati (3,sg, fut; <√spṛś I ‘touch’. For future tense, see §7.1.) it will touch (§6.3.3)
phusita (n) = rain drop; thulla-phusita-ka (adj) = with thick rain-drops (§11.ex)
phuṭṭhuṃ (inf, < √spṛś VI ‘touch’) = to touch (§11.1.3)
pi (/api) (ind) = also, too, even (§1.6, §1.ex)
pibbati (3,sg; pre, < √pā III ‘drink’) = drinks (§6.2.1)
pidhiyati/pithiyati/pithīyati (3,sg, pas of pidahati < (a)pi + √dhā III ‘put’) = is covered, is closed;
pidhiyyare (3,pl; āt, pas) = they are covered (§9.5.3)
pihayati/piheti (3,sg; pre, √spṛh X ‘desire’, ‘envy’, ‘covet’) = longs for, covets (note use with gen)
(§2.5.2)
piṇḍa (m) = a lump, ball, a lump of food, alms given as food (§1.4.4.2)
piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanta (adj; abl tappurusa-samāsa) = returned from the alms round (§12.ex)
piṇdāya (dat,m,sg) = for the purpose of alms (§1.4.4.2)
piṇḍiyālopa (m; < piṇḍi + ālopa) = lump of alms food (§3.ex)
pipāsā (nom,f,sg; desid < √pā I ‘drink’) = ‘desire to drink’, thirst (§14.ex)
pisāca (m) = demon, goblin (§9.3.5.1)
pisuṇa (adj) = back-biting, malicious (§12.ex)
pīti (f) = joy, rapture (§3.9.1)
pīti-pāmojjena (ins,n,sg) = with rapture and joy (§8.ex)
pīti-sukhaṃ (adj) … jhānaṃ (acc,n,sg) = meditation of the nature of rapture and happiness (born of
seclusion …) (§13.ex)
piṭṭhi/piṭṭhī (f) = the back, the top part (§3.9.1)
pivatha (2,pl; ipv of pibbati < √pā III ‘drink’) = you drink! (§6.2.1)
pivati (= pibbati. 3,sg; pre, < √ pā I ‘drink’) = drinks (§6.ex)
piya (adj) = lovable, pleasant, agreeable; piyehi (ins,m,pl) = with the beloved (§2.6.1.1)
piya-karaṇa (adj; piya + karaṇa < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = giving affection, contributing to affection (§13.2.1)
pokkhara (n) = lotus-leaf (§9.ex)
pokkhara-phalaka (m; pokkhara = skin of a drum; phalaka = board) = drum-head (§10.ex)
ponobhavika (adj) = leading to rebirth (§4.6.2)
porāṇa (adj) = old, ancient (§9.5.3)
poseti (3,sg; pre caus, < √puṣ IX/IV/I ‘thrive’, ‘nourish’) = causes to be nourished, nourishes, supports,
308
Glossary
looks after, takes care of (§7.3.3, §12.ex)

posa (m) = man (§7.4.5)
pubbaṇha-samayaṃ (acc used as adv) = in the morning-time (§4.5.3)
pubbe (loc used as adv) = earlier, in former time, in the past, formerly (§2.1, §2.9.4)
pubbe-nivāsa (m) = former existence; pubbenivāsa-paṭisaṃyutta = connected with pubbenivāsa
(§7.3.6, §8.3.11)
pubbena aparaṃ (adv) = progressively, successively (§6.ex)
pucchati (3,sg; pre, < √prach VI ‘ask’) = asks (§1.4.4.1)
pucchavho (2,pl; ipv, āt) = you ask! (§9.ex)
puccheyaṃ (1,sg, opt; < √prach VI ‘ask’) = I should/would ask (§7.4.5)
puggala (m) = person (§1.4.3)
pūjanā (f) = worship (§3.ex); pūjanā-araha (adj) = worthy of worship (§10.ex)
pūjetabba (FPP of pūjeti, < √pūj IV/VIII ‘honour’) = should be honoured (§8.ex)
pūjita (PPP < √pūj X ‘honour’) = worshiped, honoured (§6.ex)
pukkusa = a mixed caste, said to be scavengers (§5.8.2)
puna (ind) = again, moreover, further, etc. (§3.9.1)
puna ca aparaṃ = and again, furthermore, moreover (§3.9.1)
punabbhava (m; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = further existence, rebirth (§12.ex)
puñña (n) = merit (§1.5)
puñña-khettaṃ (nom,n,sg) = merit-field (§1.5)
puññapekkha (adj; bahubbīhi; < puñña + apekkhā) = expecting merit, intent on merit (§14.ex)
puratthima (adj) = eastern (§4.3.3)
pure (adv) = formerly, before, earlier (§10.ex, §12.ex)
pure vacanīyaṃ pacchā avaca = what should be said before, you said after (§12.ex)
purisa (m) = man, individual person (§1.ex, §2.7.1, §2.8.1, §2.9.3.1)
purisa-damma = persons to be tamed (§2.8.1, §13.ex)
purisaṃ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti … = linguistic conventions characterized by ideations of
conceptual proliferations manifest (become active) to the person (§6.ex)
purisena purisaṃ karitvā = making [a comparison among] (/comparing) man with man (§2.ex, §3.9.1)
puthu (adj) = separated, individual, distinct, various (§3.9.1)
puthujjana (m) = an ordinary worldling (§9.ex)
putta (m) = son (§2.1)
putta-matta (adj) = enough for a son, like a son (§9.3.3)
puṭṭhena satā vacanīyaṃ = it should be said by the one being asked.
rāga (m) = greed, craving, attachment (§1.4.6); rāgaggi (m; < raga + aggi) = fire of greed (§2.8.1)
Rāhula (m, npr) = name of Gotama Buddha’s son (§14.ex)
Rājagaha (m, npr) = name of city (§1.4.4.2, §2.6.1.3)
rajana (n) colour, dye (§10.ex)
rajitā (nom,m,sg; of ag noun rajitar < √rañj I/IV ‘be dyed’) = one who dyes (§12.ex)
rajja (n; abst noun, < rāja + -ya. Skt: rājya) = kingship, rulership, kingdom; rajjaṃ (acc,n,sg) kāreti =
exercises kingship, rules a kingdom, reigns (§11.ex)
rajjaṃ (acc,n,sg) = kingship, royalty, reign; rajjam kāreti (3,sg, caus of karoti) = reigns.exercises
kingship (§8.3.11)
rajo-patha/rajā-patha (m) = path of dust, dusty/polluted place (§11.ex)
rajo (/raja/rajas; n) = dust, dirt (§11.ex)
rakkheyya (3,sg; opt of rakkhati < √rakṣ I ‘protect’) = he would protect (§7.4.5)
ramma (FPP of ramati, < √ram I ‘enjoy’) = lovely, enjoyable, pleasing, charming (§10.ex)
rañño cakkavattissa … dhammarañño rājā = the king (rājā) of (/above) the wheel-weilding king, a
dhamma-king (§5.ex)
rasa (m) = fine substance.extract; taste (§10.ex, §12.ex)
rasa-pathavī (f) = essence of earth, “primitive earth” (§10.ex)
rassaṃ (adv) = in short, briefly (§7.ex)
ratana (n) = gem, jewel (§2.6.1.2)
309
rata (PPP < √ram I ‘delight’) = delighted, delighting in (§7.ex)

rattañña (adj) = recognized for a long time (§9.5.3)
ratti (f) = night (§8.ex, §13.ex)
rattiṃ (loc used as adv. Cf Skt: rātryām) = by night, in the night (§2.ex)
rattin-divo (m) = a day-and-night (§8.ex)
rattiyā (gen,f,sg) = of night (§5.ex)
ritta (PPP, √ric VII ‘leave’) = devoid, empty (§4.ex)
roceti (3,sg; caus of rocati < √ruc I ‘shine’, ‘be pleased’) = is pleased, is approvable/agreeable to;
rocehi: 2,sg,ipv (§9.ex)
rodasi (2,sg; pre, < √rud I ‘weep’) = you cry (§6.3.3)
Rohaṇa (m, npr) = name of a city; Migāro Rohaṇeyyo (nom,m,sg; npr) = Migāra of Rohaṇa (§8.3.3.1)
ruccati (3,sg; pre, Skt: rucyati, < √ruc I ‘shine’, ‘please’) = pleases (§5.5)
rujati (√ruj VI ‘break’) = breaks (§3.2)
rukkha (m) = tree (§7.4.5)
rukkha-mūla (n) = tree-root (§7.ex)
rūpa (n) = matter, visible form (§1.7.1, §4.6)
rūpeti (denom < rūpa) = puts into shape, makes appear (in a form) (§4.1)
rūpūpaga (adj: < rūpa + upaga ‘going to’/’reaching’/ ‘pertaining to’) = going for form, living in (bodily)
form, pertaining to the sphere of form (§12.ex)
sā (nom,sg of san; also pl,nom/acc) = dog(s); sāva = sā (i)va (§5.8.2)
sabba (adj; n. See also sabbe) = all, entire; everything, all things (§4.2.2, §12.ex)
sabba-dada (adj) = all-giving, giving everything (§6.4.2.2)
sabbabhūtānam issara (voc,m,sg) = O Lord of all creatures (§10.ex)
sabbadā (adv) = at all times, always (§14.2)
sabbaññu/sabbaññū (adj; m) = ‘all-knowing’, omniscient; the omnicient one (§9.ex)
sabbapajānam uttama (adj and noun) = the supreme one of all creatures (§12.ex)
sabbasāmukkaṃsika (adj) = exalted of all (§7.3.5)
sabbasattuttama (adj and noun; < sabba + satta + uttama) = the supreme one among all beings (§12.ex)
sabbaso (adv) = in every way, completely (§4.ex)
sabbathā (adv) = in all ways (§1.6.1, §14.2)
sabbe (nom,m,pl, pronominal adj) = all (these/those) (§4.ex, §5.6.2)
sabbena sabbaṃ (adv phrase = all with all, completely (without exception) (§2.9.5)
sabrahmacārin (m; adj) = fellow spiritual practitioner (§6.ex, §12.ex, §14.ex)
sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo = unbeloved of his fellow spiritual practitioners (§14.ex)
sabyañjana (adj) = having good phrasing/wording (§3.ex)
sacca-anubodha (m) = realization of truth (§1.4.4.1)
sacca-vādin (adj; m) = speaking the truth; speaker of truth (§4.6.2)
Saccaka (m, npr) = name of a Jain follower (§13.3.4)
saccānubodho (nom,m,sg) = realization of truth, awakening of truth (§8.ex)
sacchikaroti (3,sg; pre, < sacchi + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = directly realizes (§8.ex)
sacchikata (PPP of sacchi-karoti < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = directly realized (§6.4.2.3)
sad-attha (m; < sat + attha) = true goal, true purpose (§14.3.1)
sad-dhamma (m) = the True Doctrine; good qualities, true factor (§3.10.1, §4.ex, §9.5.2)
sadā (adv) = always (§7.ex)
sadda (m) = sound (§12.ex)
saddha (adj; < saddhā + a) = having faith, faithful (§1.5, §4.ex, §6.ex)
saddhā (f) = faith (§2.6.1.1, §6.3.3)
saddhā-dhana (n) = the wealth of faith. (likewise for sīla-dhanaṃ, etc.) (§2.6.2.1)
saddhā-jāta (adj < saddhā + PPP of √jan IV ‘be born’) = when faith has arisen (in the person) (§8.ex)
saddhiṃ (ind) = together with (§3.4.1)
sadhammukkaṃsanā (f) = exalting of one’s own Dhamma (§5.ex)
sadhu (adj; affirmative interjection) = good, virtuous; “good!”, “it’s right!”, “it is great!” (§6.ex)
sadhu-sammata (adj) = considered as virtuous, well-honoured (§1.4.6)
310
Glossary
sādhukaṃ (adv) = well, properly (§12.ex)

sāditā (nom,m,sg of ag noun sāditar < sādiyati) = acceptor (§12.4.1)
sādiyati (3,sg; pre, caus < √svad I ‘relish’) = enjoys., agrees to (§12.4.1)
sagga (m) = heaven (§2.6.2, §2.ex)
saggaṃ lokaṃ (= sagga-lokaṃ; acc,m,sg) = the heavenly world (§2.ex)
saggūpaga (adj; sagga + upaga) = going to heaven (§14.ex)
saha-gata (PPP < √gam I ‘go’; adj) = accompanied (by) (§4.6.2)
sahabyatā/sahavyatā (f) = companionship (§13.ex)
sahassadhā (adv) = in a thousand ways (§14.2)
sahate (3,sg; pre, āt, < √sah I ‘endure’) = overcomes, defeats (§9.ex)
sahatthā (adv < abl,sg of hattha ‘hand’) = with one’s own hand (§2.9.3)
sahāya (m) = companion, colleague (§13.ex)
sahita (PPP < sam + √dhā III ‘put’) = united (§12.ex)
sajjhāya (m; Skt: svādhyāyaḥ) = rehearsal, repeating to one’s self, recitation (§5.8.2)
sajjhāyaṃ (acc) karoti (also denom sajjhāyati) = he recites to himself. Note that in such a structure,
karoti does the action specified by the patient-noun (sajjhāya) (§5.8.2)
sajjittho (2,sg; aor of sajjati, < √sañj I ‘adhere’ ); mā sajjittho = don’t get attached/stuck/caught (§13.ex)
saka (adj) = one’s own (§1.ex, §3.10.1)
sakad-āgāmin (adj; m. sakad- = sakid-) = coming (back) once; once-returner (§5.ex)
sakāse (adv) = in the presence of (used with gen); raññaṃ (gen,m,pl of rājan) sakāse = in the presence
of the kings (§12.ex)
sake vaṇṇe bhaññamāne (loc abs) = when (their) own praise is being uttered (§9.ex)
sākha (n) / sākhā (f) = branch (§12.ex)
sakhā (nom,m,sg, of sakhi) = friend (§12.ex)
sakhi (m) = friend (§12.1.1); sakhāraṃ: acc,m,sg (§12.ex)
sakhi(n) = eye-witness, witness (§12.ex)
sakiṃ (adv; → sakid before a vowel) = once (§5.ex)
sakkā (ind; originally: ‘one might be able to’ opt of sakkoti. Used with inf in the impersonal sense, often
pas) = it could be, it is possible, possible (§11.1.3, §11.1.4)
Sakka (m, npr) = name of the lord of gods (§5.ex)
sakkacca (ger < sat + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = respectfully (§4.5.4)
sakkaccaṃ (adv; originally from ger of sakkaroti < sat + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = respectfully, attentively (§13.
ex)
sakkāra (m) = honour (§3.ex)
sakkaroti, < sat + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = honours, esteems, shows respect, treats hospitably (§8.ex)
sakkātabba (FPP of sakkaroti) = should be honoured, should be treated hospitably (§8.ex)
sakkhi-puṭṭha (puṭṭha is PPP < √prach VI ‘ask’) = asked as a witness (§4.ex, §12.3.1)
sakkoti (3,sg, < √śak V/IV ‘be able’, used with inf) = is able to (§11.1.4)
sakya-kumāra (m) = Sakyan youth (§7.ex)
sakya-putta (m) = a son of the Sakyans, a Sakyan (§1.7.1)
saḷ-āyatana (digu-samāsa) = the sixfold sensory abodes/spheres (§12.ex)
salomahaṃsa (adj) = causing excitement with fear, horrifying (§7.4.5)
salla (n) = arrow, dart (§14.ex)
sallato (adv; < salla + -to) = as a dart (§14.ex)
sam- (commonly added prefix) = ‘together’, ‘complete’, ‘thoroughly’, ‘well’, ‘greatly’ (§3.1.1)
sama (adj) = equal, same, even; samaṃ (nom,n,sg) qualifies ratanaṃ (§2.6.1.2)
samādaha (2,sg; ipv of samādahati < sam + √dhā III ‘put’) = equipoise (your thought) (§13.ex)
samādahaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of samādahati < sam + ā + √dhā III ‘place’) = ‘putting together’,
equipoising, integrating, concentrating (§7.ex); samādahaṃ cittaṃ (acc,n,sg) assasissāmi (1,sg, fut
of assasati) = I shall breathe in equipoising/integrating the thought (§7.ex)
samādapa-ka (adj) = one who instigates/inspires (§11.ex)
samādapeti (3,sg; pre; caus, < sam + ā + √dā III ‘give’) = causes to undertake, incites, encourages,
instigates, inspires (§3.10.1)
311
samādapeyya (3,sg, opt; < caus of sam + ā + √dā III ‘give’) = he would instigate, would urge to
undertake (§7.4.5)
samādapito tathattāya paṭipajjati = when instigated, practices accordingly (practices for being like
that) (§6.ex)
samādhi (m) = equipoise, integration, concentration (§2.8.1)
samādhiyati/samādhīyati (denom < samādhi + -iya) = becomes equipoised, enters into equipoise (also
considered as pas of samādahati) (§4.1)
samādhi-kusala (adj) = skillful in meditation (§12.ex)
samādhija (adj) = born of equipoise (§13.ex)
samādiyati (3,sg; pre, < sam + ā + √dā III ‘give’) = accepts, undertakes; samādiyiṃ (1,sg, aor of
samādiyati) = I undertook (§10.ex)
samāgata (PPP of samāgacchati, < sam + ā + √gam I ‘go’) = come together, met together, met,
assembled (§12.ex)
samagga (adj; nom,m,pl) = together, united, harmonious (§12.3.1)
samagga-ārāma (adj) = rejoicing in the harmonious (§12.ex)
samagga-karaṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā (nom,m,sg of ag noun bhāsitar; note that it takes the patient vācaṃ)
= speaker of words promoting harmony (§12.ex)
samagga-nandin (adj) = delighting in the harmonious (§12.ex)
samagga-rata (adj; < samagga + PPP of √ram I ‘enjoy’) = enjoying in the harmonious (§12.ex)
sāmaggī (f) = harmony, concord, completeness, communion (§13.ex)
samāhita (PPP < sam + ā + √dhā III ‘put’) = fully focused, equipoised; su-samāhita = well equipoised
(§9.ex, §12.ex)
samaṃ (adv) = equally, together (§14.ex); samaṃ tathāgatena = equal to/same as the Tathāgata (§2.6.1.2)
sāmaṃ (adv) = self, of oneself (§7.ex)
samaṇa (m) = recluse (§1.4.3)
samaṇa-brāhmaṇā (nom,m,pl) = recluses and brahmins (collectively referring to the religieux of In-
dia) (§1.ex)
samaṇaka (adj and noun; -ka suffix is diminutive) = little recluse (§12.ex)
samannāgata (PPP < sam + anu + ā + √gam I ‘go’) = endowed with, possessed of (§2.ex, §8.ex)
samannesamāna (PrP < sam + anu + √iṣ VI ‘desire’, ‘seek for’) = when fully investigating, searching
(§6.3.3, §8.ex)
samāna (PrP, āt < √as II ‘be’) = being, having been; pabbajito samāno = having gone forth (§6.3.3)
samantā (adv) = all around.
samanubhāsiyamāna (PrP, pas < sam + anu + √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = being continuously spoken to (§9.5.2)
samanugāhiyamāna (PrP, pas < sam + anu + √gāh I ‘plunge’) = being continuously pressed (§9.5.2)
samanupassati (3,sg; pre, < sam + anu + √paś I ‘see’) = properly discerns, reflectively sees (§6.4.2,
§6.ex)
samanuyuñjiyamāna (PrP, pas < sam + anu + √yuj VII ‘yoke’) = being crossed questioned (§9.5.2)
samāpanna (PPP < sam + ā + √pad IV ‘enter’, ‘go’) = entered, entered into meditation, attained,
achieved, endowed with (§6.4.2.3)
samāpatti (f) = attainment, entering into, meditative attainment (§6.4.2.2)
samāpatti-kusala (adj) = skillful in meditative attainment (§12.ex)
samappita (PPP of samappeti ‘hand over’, ‘deposit’, < caus of sam + √ṛ I/III/V ‘move’) = made over,
possessed of (§6.ex)
samatā (f) = even-ness, equality, sameness (§10.ex)
samatha (m) = calming, stilling (§8.ex)
samatikkama (m) = completely going beyond, transcendence (§10.ex)
samatikkamati (3,sg; pre, < sam + ati + √kram I ‘step’) = goes beyond, transcends.
samatikkamma (ger of samatikkamati) = having gone beyond, having transcended (§4.ex)
samavekkhitā (nom,m,sg, of ag noun samavekkhitar < sam + ava + √īkṣ I ‘see’) = he will carefully
observe (taken as a peri fut) (§12.ex)
samavekkhitar (ag noun, < sam + ava + √īkṣ I ‘see’) = one who meditatively reflects (§12.ex)
samaya (m) = occasion, time (§2.9.1)
312
Glossary
sambādha (adj) = crowded, congested (§11.ex)

sambahula (adj) = a great many, a multitude of §3.4.1)
sambhava (m) = origin, birth (§13.ex)
sambhavesin (adj) = seeking birth (not yet reborn) (§13.ex)
sambheda (m) = breaking, breaking down, confusion, mixing up (§14.ex)
sambuddha (adj; m) = fully enlightened; the Fully Enlightened One (§1.ex)
samehi pādehi (ins,m,pl) = with even steps (§11.ex)
saṃghāta (m) = string, killing, slaughter (§10.ex)
sāmīci-paṭipanna (PPP < prati + √pad IV ‘go’ ) = practicing harmoniously (§4.ex)
sāmīci/sāmīcī (adj) = harmonious, in conformity with (spiritual) propriety (§4.ex)
sāmin (m) = owner, lord, master; sāmino (gen,m,sg) = of the master (§9.ex)
samitāvino (nom,m,pl of samitāvin; PPA < √śam IV/I ‘be quiet’) = have become calmed, have been
appeased (§14.ex)
saṃkilesa (m) = impurity, pollution (§10.ex)
saṃkilesa-dhamma (adj) = subject to pollution/defilement, of the nature of being defiled (§6.ex)
saṃkīyati (3,sg; pas of saṃkirati < √kṝ VI ‘strew’) = is not adulterated (§9.5.3)
saṃkīyissanti = (3,pl; fut pas of saṃkirati < √kṝ VI ‘strew’) = will not be adulterated (§9.5.3)
sammā (adv) = properly, perfectly, thoroughly, truly; (in compound, e.g., sammā-diṭṭhi ‘proper view’)
perfect-/proper-/right- (§1, §4.ex)
samma (voc,m,sg) = a term of address, ‘O friend’ (§8.1.2)
samma-(p)paññāya (ins,f,sg) = through perfect wisdom (§6.ex)
samma-d-aññā (f) = perfect knowledge (§14.3.1)
sammā-diṭṭhi (f) = proper view, proper vision (§3.9.1)
sammā-paṭipanna (adj; a kammadhāra-samāsa < adv+adj) = properly practising. (§12.ex)
sammā-sambuddha (adj; m) = perfectly fully enlightened; the Perfectly Fully Enlightened (One) (§1.
ex)
sammā-vimutta (PPP < sammā + vi + √muc VI ‘release’) = properly liberated (§11.ex)
samma(d)eva (adv) = properly (§2.ex)
sammaddasa (adj) = seeing properly, seeing truly (§14.ex)
sammādiṭṭhika (adj, bahubbīhi; < micchā + diṭṭhi + -ka) = having proper views (§13.ex)
sammādiṭṭhikammasamādāna (adj, bahubbīhi; < sammā-diṭṭhi-kamma + samādāna) = undertaking
kamma based on proper views (§13.ex)
sammaggata (adj; < sammā + PPP of √gam I ‘go’) = ‘gone/travelled properly’, ‘attained perfection’,
practising properly (§9.5.3)
sammāpaṭipanna (adj) = practising properly, properly engaged (§4.ex)
sammati (< √śam IV/I ‘be quiet’. Skt: śāmyati/śamati) = is quiet, is ceased (§3.3); upa-sammati =
comes to cease, is completely allayed (§3.ex); sammanti (3,pl, pas) = are appeased (§2.6.1.1)
sammatta (Skt: samyaktva) = perfection, rightness (i.e., truth); sammatta-niyāma (m) = certitude/
certainty of perfection (§9.ex)
sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamissati = will enter into the certitude of perfection = will be destined for
Nibbāna/Perfect Enlightenment (§9.ex)
sammodanīya (FPP, < sam + √mud I ‘rejoice’) = conducing to joy, gladdening, pleasant, friendly (§10.
ex)
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāreti (both sammodanīyaṃ and sārāṇīyaṃ are adj to kathaṃ) =
exchanges pleasant and gladdening greetings (§10.ex)
sammodati (3,sg; pre, < sam + √mud I ‘rejoice’) = rejoices.exchanges friendly greetings; sammodi (3,sg;
aor of sammodati) = he exchanged friendly greetings (§10.ex)
sammukhā (abl, used as adv) = face to face, in front, in the presence (§2.ex, §5.ex)
sammukhībhāva (m; < sammukka ‘face to face’ + √bhū I ‘become’) = presence, being face to face (§13.
ex); sammukhībhāvaṃ adāsi (3,sg; aor, < √dā III ‘give’) = he gave presence to, presented himself
to (§13.ex)
samodhāna (n; < sam + ava + dhāna) = collocation, combination, grouping; samodhānaṃ gacchati =
gets grouped under, comes to be contained in, fits into (§14.ex)
313
sampacāleti (3,sg; pre, caus < sam + pra + √cal I ‘move’) = causes to move violently, quakes, shakes,
trembles; PPP: sampacālita (§14.1)
sampādetha (2,pl, opt of sampādeti; caus of sampajjati, < sam + √pad I ‘attain’) = you strive to attain!
you strive to accomplish! (§7.ex)
saṃpādeti (caus < √pad IV ‘go‘/‘attain’) = causes to succeed/attain, strives to accomplish (§2.ex,
§3.10.1)
sampahaṃsa-ka (adj) = one who gladdens (§11.ex)
sampahaṃseti (3,sg; pre; caus, < sam + pra + √hṛṣ IV ‘rejoice’) = causes to rejoice, gladdens (§3.10.1)
sampajāna (adj) = properly aware, fully alert (§1.7.1, §3.9.1, §7.ex)
sampajāna-musā (adv) = falsely with awareness. (Note that musā is sometimes used like a substantive.)
(§12.3.1)
sampajañña (n) = clear awareness (§1.ex)
sampakampati (3,sg; pre < sam + pra + √kamp I ‘tremble’) = strongly trembles, trembles; PPP:
samprakampita (§14.1)
sampanna-mānaso (nom,m,sg, adj; mānasa (n) ‘mind’) = (a person) accomplished in mind (§5.ex)
sampanna (PPP < sam + √pad IV ‘go’) = fully endowed with, accomplished (§4.ex)
samparāyika (adj) = pertaining to the future, future (§7.4.5)
sampasādana (n) = tranquilizing, placidity (§13.ex)
sampassati (3,sg; pre; < sam + √paś I ‘see’) = sees, discerns, perceives, recognizes, looks upon as,
considers (§13.ex)
sampatijāta (adj) = has just been given birth (§11.ex)
sampavāreti (3,sg; pre, caus < sam + pra + √vṛ IV/IX ‘choose’, ‘prefer’) = causes to accept, invites,
offers, entertains, satisfies (§13.3.4)
sampayāta (PPP < sam + pra + √yā II ‘go’) = set out (§11.ex)
sampayoga (m) = union, joining together with (§2.6.1.1)
sampha (adj) = frivolous, foolish (§4.ex)
sampucchati (3,sg; pre, < √prach VI ‘ask’) = asks, instigates; ger: sampuccha.
saṃsādeti (3,sg; caus of saṃsīdati < saṃ + √sad I ‘sink’, ‘sit’) = causes to sink down, makes to come
to an end, fails (§7.3.5)
saṃsāra (m) = transmigration, the cycle of births and death (§1.5)
saṃsati (Skt: śaṃsati < √śaṃs I ‘relate’, ‘tell’) = relates, tells, announces, points out, communicates
(§5.8.2)
saṃsaya (m) = doubt; sabba-saṃsayaṃ (acc,m,sg) = all doubts, doubts of all sorts(§9.ex)
samuccissatha (3,sg, āt; condl < sam + ud + √ci V ‘gather’?) = it would have originated, it would have
grown (§14.ex)
samudācarati (3,sg, pre < sam + ud + ā + √car I ‘move’) = come into play, manifests, appears in front
(§5.5.2)
samudaya (m; < sam + udaya) = origination, arising (§4.ex)
samudaya-dhamma (m, adj) = origination-nature, (having) the nature of origination (§4.ex, §10.ex)
samudayadhamma-anupassin (adj) = contemplating on the origination-nature (§4.ex)
samugga (m) = box, casket; bhaṇḍa-samuggaṃ (acc,m,sg) = a box storing goods (bhaṇḍa) (§9.ex)
sāmukkaṃsika (adj) = exalted.excellent, condensed (§10.ex)
samūlha (PPP < sam + √muh IV ‘err’, ‘be deluded’) = deluded, confused (§6.ex)
samutteja-ka (adj) = one who sharpens, one who fires up (§11.ex)
samuttejeti (3,sg; pre; caus, < sam + ud + √tij I ‘be sharp’) = causes to be sharp.excites, inflames,
enthusiastizes (§3.10.1)
saṃvacchara (m/n) = year (§8.ex, §10.ex)
saṃvara (m) = restraint (§13.ex)
saṃvattati (3,sg; pre, < sam + √vṛt I ‘turn’)= leads to, conduces to, proceeds towards (§1.ex, §3.9.1)
saṃvejeti (3,sg; pre; caus < sam + √vij VI ‘quiver’ ) = causes to quiver, stirs up, stimulates (§14.1)
saṃvejetu-kāma (adj, bahubbīhi < saṃvejetuṃ + kāma) = intending to stir up (§14.1)
saṃvibhāga (m) = distribution, sharing out (§14.ex)
saṃvidhātuṃ (inf of saṃvidahati < √dhā III ‘put’) = to organize, to arrange, to plan; alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ
314
Glossary
= fit to organize = fit for organizing (§11.1.2)

saṃvijjati (3,sg; pas, < sam + √vid VI ‘find’) = is found.exists (§9.ex)
saṃvuta (PPP of saṃvarati ‘restrains’, < sam + √vṛ V ‘cover’; qualifying so) = restrained (§6.3.3)
saṃyamāmase (1,pl; āt ipv, < √yam I ‘hold up’, ‘control’) = Let us restrain (§9.3.5.1)
saṃyojana (n) = bond, fetter (§5.ex)
saṃyutta (PPP < sam + √yuj VII ‘yoke’) = conjoined, associated, connected, bound, fettered (§6.ex)
san (m. Skt: śvan) = dog (§5.8.2); suvānā/supāṇā: nom,m,pl (§5.8.2)
san-diṭṭhika (adj, < sam + diṭṭha + ika) = visible, visible here and now (§1.ex)
sāṇa (n) = hemp (§9.ex)
sanaṅkumāra (m) = name of a Brahman god (§5.ex)
sanantana (adj) = of old, ancient, eternal, for ever (§3.ex)
sañcicca (ger of sañceteti/sañcinteti, < √sam + √cint X ‘think’) = having properly thought, intentionally
(§11.ex)
sandassa-ka (adj) = one who shows/demonstrates (§11.ex)
sandasseti (3,sg; pre; caus, < sam + √dṛś I ‘see’) = causes to see, shows, points out (§3.10.1)
Sandhāna (m, npr) = name of a householder (§13.ex)
sandhātā (nom,m,sg, of ag noun sandhātar) = uniter, unifier (§12.ex)
sandosa (m) = pollution, corruption, defilement (§13.ex)
saṅgāma (m) = battle, a fight (§11.1.4)
saṅgāma-gata (adj) = gone to a battle (§11.1.4)
saṅgati (f) = coming together (§3.6.1)
saṅgha (m) = community, community of Buddhist monks (§1.4.4.2, §1.ex)
saṅgha-majjhe (loc used as adv) = in the midst of the Saṃgha (§2.ex)
sañjānāti (3,sg; pre, < sam + √jñā IX ‘understand’) = conceptualizes, ideates, perceives (§4.7.8)
saṅkampati (3,sg; pre < sam + √kamp I ‘tremble’) = trembles; PPP: saṅkampita (§14.1)
saṅkappa (m) = intention, will (§6.4.2.1)
saṅkasāyati (3,sg; pre, < caus of sam + √kṛṣ I ‘pull’) = is inactive, whiles away time (kālaṃ ativatteti)
(§12.ex)
saṅkha (m) = conch-shell (§11.ex)
saṅkhārā (nom,m,pl; sub. This term always occurs in pl) = conditionings, conditioning forces (§1.5,
§2.6.2.,1 §7.ex)
saṅkhitta (adj) = condensed, concise; saṅkhittena (adv) = concisely, briefly (§2.9.2)
saṅkhyā (f; < sam + √khyā II ‘be known’) = renumeration, number, name, reckoning, appellation,
linguistic convention (§6.ex)
saññā (f) = ideation, perception, notion (§2.ex)
saññā-vedayita-nirodha (m) = cessation of ideation and sensation. In this meditative attainment, all
ideations and sensations are said to have ceased (§13.ex)
saññama (= saṃyama) (m) = restrain (§7.4.5)
saññāpeti (3,sg; caus of sajānāti < sam + jñā IX ‘know’) = makes understand, convinces
saññatvā (ger of sañjānāti < sam + √jñā IX ‘understand’) = having conceptualized (§4.7.8)
sannidhi (m) = depositing together, storing up, store (§13.ex)
sannidhi-citta (adj, bahubbīhi; < sannidhi + citta) = with a storing-up mentality (§13.ex)
sant (adj; PrP < √as II ‘be’) = being.existing; true, good. sante: acc,m,pl (§14.3.1)
santa (PrP < √as II ‘be’) = existing (§6.ex)
santhāgāra (m) = council hall, assembly hall (§8.ex)
saṇṭhahati/santiṭṭhati (3,sg; pre, < sam + √sthā I ‘stand’) = stands properly, abiding well, gets established
(§9.5.2)
santhambhati (3,sg; pre, < sam + √stambh IX ‘uphold’) = keeps firm, upholds, becomes stiff (§11.1.4)
saṇṭhapehi (2,sg; ipv of saṇṭḥāpeti/saṇṭhapeti, caus < sam + √sthā III ‘stand’) = stabilize, make abide,
establish (§13.ex)
saṇṭhāpesi (3,sg; aor of saṇṭhāpeti) = he called to order (§13.ex)
saṇṭhāpeti/saṇṭhapeti (3,sg, caus of santiṭṭhati < sam + √sthā I ‘stand’) = establishes, settles, calls to
order, gets arranged, adjusts (§13.ex)
315
santhava (m) = acquaintance, intimacy (§13.4.2)

santi (3,pl; pre, < √as II ‘exist’) = there are (§4.ex)
santikā (abl,n,sg) = from the presence/vicinity of, from (§4.ex)
santike (adv) = in (/into) the vicinity/proximity, into the presence (of) (§4.6.2)
santuṭṭhi (f) = satisfaction, contentment (§13.ex)
santuṭṭhi-parama (adj; bahubbbīhi, qualifying dhana) = having contentment as its highest/best (§13.ex)
sāpekha (adj, bahubbīhi; < sa + apekkhā) = having expectation (§13.ex)
sappi (n) = ghee (§10.ex)
sappimaṇḍa (m) = the scum, best-of-ghee (§12.ex)
sappurisa (m) = true man, good person (§5.ex)
sārajjati (3,sg; pre, < sam + √ra(ñ)j I/IV ‘be dyed’) = becomes enamoured, passionately clings/devotes
to (§6.ex)
saraṇa (n) = refuge, protection, shelter (§1.ex)
sārāṇīya (FPP, < sam + √raj I/IV ‘gladden’) = gladdening, courteous, friendly (§10.ex)
sārathi (nom,m,sg) = trainer, charioteer (§2.8.1)
sāratta (PPP of sārajjati) = enamoured, passionately aroused/devoted (§6.ex)
sāratta-citta (adj) = mentally impassioned (§4.5.4)
sāravant (adj) = solid, firm, strong, having kernel; sāravato (adv) = solidly, firmly (§9.ex)
saravatī (adj; nom,f,sg < sara-vant) = having sound (§7.ex)
Sāriputta (m, npr) = name of a chief disciple of the Buddha, foremost in wisdom (§3.4.1)
sarīra (n) = physical body (§10.ex)
sārita (PPP of sāreti/sārayati, < sarati < √sṛ I ‘flow) = made to move along, guided, trained (§13.ex)
sāsana (n) = teaching, message (§2.ex)
sassata (adj) = eternal, perpetual (§7.3.6)
sassū/sassu (f) = mother-in-law (§11.ex)
sassura/sasura (m) = father-in-law (§11.ex)
sata (adj) = mindful (§1.7.1, §3.9.1)
sataṃ (nom,n,sg) sahassānaṃ (gen,n,pl) hiraññassa (gen,n,sg) = a hundred of thousands of gold-pieces
(§8.3.3.1)
sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ chattiṃsati pañca ca abbudāni (adv expression of time) = for a
hundred thousands and thirty-six of nirabbudas, plus five abbudas (§8.ex)
sati (f) = memory, mindfulness (§1.ex, §2.6.1.3); sati-mant ‘possessing mindfulness’, mindful (§4.4.2,
§4.4.3, §7.ex)
sati (loc,f,sg, PrP of √as II ‘be’) = when … being/existing (§8.ex); imasmiṃ sati (loc abs) = when this
is existing (§9.1.1)
sati paññā ca me buddhā = mindfulness and wisdom have been known (buddhā) by me (§9.ex)
satipaṭṭhāna (n; Skt: smṛty-upasthāna) = (fourfold) application of mindfulness, abiding of mindfulness
(§2.6.2.1, §5.ex, §5.ex, §8.3.3.1)
satipaṭṭhānesu supaṭṭhitacittā viharantiyo uḷāraṃ pubbenāparaṃ visesaṃ sañjānanti = [the nuns]
abiding with their thoughts well established in the … abiding of mindfulness perceive lofty and
progressively distinguished stages (§6.ex)
sato (adj) = mindful (§7.ex)
sato va (/eva emphatic particle; sato (adj) ‘mindful’) = very much mindful, properly mindful, ever
mindful (§1.ex)
satta (m) = sentient being (§1.4.5)
satta (num, cardinal) = seven (§2.6.2.1)
satta (PPP < √sañj I ‘adhere’) = attached, adhered (§9.ex)
satta-pada-vītihārena (adv) = making seven steps (§11.ex)
sattadhā (adv)= sevenfold, in seven ways, into seven parts (§13.ex)
sattāha-vaddalikā (nom,f,sg) = rainy weather continuing for seven days (§12.ex)
sattāhaṃ (adv; digu-samāsa) = for seven days (§12.ex)
sattama (ordinal num) = seventh (§12.ex), sattame (loc, used as adv) = on the seventh (day) (§13.ex)
sāttha (adj) = having good meaning (§3.ex)
316
Glossary
satthar (m, ag noun. Skt: śāstṛ) = teacher (§12.4.2); nom,m,sg: satthā (§12.ex); acc,m,sg: satthāraṃ
(§12.ex); ins,m,sg: satthārā (§13.ex)
sattha-vāha (m) = caravan leader (§9.ex)
satthāraṃ (acc,m,sg, of ag noun satthar) upanissāya viharanto (nom,m,sg; PrP of viharati) = living in
dependence on the teacher (§12.ex)
satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu deseti = he points out (confesses) to the teacher, or to the wise
colleagues in the spiritual life (§13.ex)
satthu-sāsanaṃ (nom,n,sg) = the teacher’s dispensation (§5.ex)
satuppādakaraṇīyameva me (sati + uppāda + karaṇīyam eva) = only that mindfulness had to be caused
to arise (aroused) by me = I had just to arouse mindfulness [in the monks] (§10.ex)
sa-upādāna (adj) = accompanied by clinging (§14.4.2)
sa-upādisesa (adj. Skt: sopadhiśeṣa) = with residue of substratum (the khandhas) (§2.1)
sa-upavajja (adj, < sa + FPP of upavadati ‘blames’, ‘criticizes’) = ‘having the blamable’, having fault,
blameworthy (§6.4.2)
sāvaka (m) = disciple, “listener” (§1.5)
Sāvatthī (f, npr) = name of a city (§3.9.1)
sāveti (3,sg; pre, caus of suṇāti < √sṛ V ‘hear’) = causes to hear, informs, pronounces (§6.ex)
savicāra (adj) = having finer thoughts (§13.ex)
savitakka (adj) = having grosser thoughts (§13.ex)
sāyaṃ (adv) = in the evening (§12.3.1)
sayha (FPP of sahati < √sah I ‘endure’) = bearable, feasible (§12.ex)
sekha (adj; m) = undergoing training; a trainee (an ariya who is not yet an arahant) (§11.1.3)
senāsana (n; < sayana + āsana) = ‘sleeping and sitting’, lodging, dwelling (§7.4.5)
Seniya Bimbisāra (m; npr) = name of the Magadhan King (§4.4.3)
seta (adj) = white (§11.ex)
seti (3,sg < √śī II ‘sleep’) = sleeps (§4.2.2)
seṭṭha (adj) = superior, best, most excellent (§2.ex, §3.9.1, §11.ex)
sevetha (3,sg; opt of sevati < √sev I ‘serve’) = he should serve, he should associate with, he should resort
to (§7.ex)
sevitabba (FPP, < √sev I ‘serve’) = should be resorted to, should be practiced, should be associated with
(§8.2.2, §12.ex)
seyyā (f) = bed (§2.ex)
seyyaṃ kappeti = lies down (§2.ex)
seyyathāpi (idiomatic phrase) = just as, for instance (§5.ex)
seyyathidaṃ (adv phrase, < seyyathā + idaṃ) = namely, as follows, that is to say (§6.2.1)
seyyo (adj; nom,m,sg; qualifying ahaṃ) = better, superior (§3.6.1)
sibbitā (nom,m,sg; of ag noun sibbitar < √siv IV ‘sew’) = sewer (§12.4.1)
sigāla (m) = jackal (§5.8.2)
Sīha (m, npr) = a name (§2.ex, §6.4.2.2)
sikkhā (f) = learning, training (§8.ex)
sikkhā-padāni (nom,n,pl) = training factors (§6.4.2.4)
sikkhassu (2,sg; ipv, āt, < √śikṣ I ‘learn’) = you train (§12.5)
sikkhati (3,sg; pre, < √śikṣ I ‘learns’) = he learns/trains (§7.ex)
sikkhema (1,pl, āt opt < √śikṣ I ‘train’) = we should train (§9.3.5.1)
sikkhissāmase (1,pl; fut āt, < √śikṣ VI ‘learn’) = we shall train (§9.3.4.3)
sikkhitabbaṃ (FPP, nom,n,sg; < √śikṣ I ‘train’) = to be trained/ should be trained (§8.1.2)
sīla (n) = ethical alignment, ethical behaviour, ethics, precept; sīlena (ins,n,sg; ins used as adv) = in
terms of, in respect of (§2.8.1, §2.ex, §3.ex)
sīlavant (adj) = possessing virtues, virtuous, ethically aligned (§4.4.3)
sīla-visuddhi (f) = purification of ethical alignment, moral purification (§14.4.2)
sīlasampanna (adj) = endow with virtues, accomplished in ethical alignment (§4.ex)
sīlasampanno ti vā … sutena vā … = “[I’m] endowed with virtues”, or “… endowed with learning”,
…. (§4.ex)
317
sīlavante (acc,m,pl of sīla-vant) = ‘possessing ethical alignment’, virtuous, disciplined (§4.4.3)

sīlavato … upanisasampanno hoti avippaṭisāro = One who is virtuous comes to have (hoti) non-regret
endowed with (/possessing) its cause (§9.ex)
sīlavato (dat/gen,m,sg of sīlavant ‘virtuous’) = or/of one who is virtuous (§9.ex)
Sineru (m, npr) = name of the king of mountain (§12.ex)
sineru pabbatarājā (m) = Sineru, the king of mountain (§12.ex)
siṅgālā/sigāla (nom,m,pl) = jackals (§6.4.2.1)
siṅghāṭake/singhāṭake (loc,m/n,sg) = in the square (§4.7.6)
siras (n. Declension similar to that of manas) = the head; sirasā: ins,n,sg (§6.ex)
sīsa (n) = the head, the highest part (§3.9.1, §9.1.1)
sīta (PPP < √śyai I ‘congeal’, ‘be cool’) = cooled, cool, cold (§10.ex , §13.2.1)
sīta-vāta (m) = cold-wind; sītavāta-duddinī (adj; f) = cloudy owing to cold wind (§12.ex)
sītibhaviṃsu (3,pl; aor < sīta + √bhū) = they became cool, cooled down (§10.ex)
sītibhūta (sīta + PPP of √bhū I ‘become’) = become cool, cooled down (§13.2.1)
siyā (3,sg; opt, of √as II ‘be’) = it could be, there might be (§13.ex)
so … uppādavaya-dhammaṃ attānaṃ … samanupassati yo so āha “vedanā attā” ti | (so and yo so
correlate — here, dem pron precedes the rel pron) = He … reflectively sees the Self as being … of
the nature of arising and ceasing, who says “sensation is the Self”. (= He who says “sensation is the
Self” reflectively sees the Self as …) (§6.ex)
so (nom,sg, pron) = he, that (§1.7.1, §2.6.1.1)
socati (3,sg; pre, < √śuc I ‘grieve) = grieves (§5.ex)
soḷasavassuddesika (adj; soḷasa+ vassa + uddesika) = about sixteen years old (§13.ex)
somanassa (n) = joyousness (§13.ex)
soṇa (m) = dog, wild dog (§14.ex); nom,m,pl: soṇā (§6.4.2.1)
Soṇa (m, npr) = name of a monk (§7.ex)
soṇī (f) = the buttock; a bitch (§3.9.1)
sota (n) = ear (§8.ex, §12.ex)
sotāni (nom,n,pl) = streams (§9.5.3)
sotukāma (adj, bahubbīhi; < sotuṃ (inf of √śru V ‘hear’) + kāma) = desirous of hearing, wishing to
shear (§14.ex)
sotuṃ (inf < √śru V ‘hear’. For inf, see §11.1) = to hear; iccheyyātha sotuṃ = would you wish to hear
(§7.3.6)
su (= sudaṃ; ind) = an interrogative participle (§5.ex)
(s)su (ind) = emphatic particle; often functions as a pleonastic particle (§10.ex)
su- (commonly added prefix) = well, good, properly, easily, very much (§3.1.1, §4.3.3)
subha (adj) = shining, bright, beautiful (§9.3.3, §13.ex)
subhāsita (su + PPP of √bhāṣ I ‘speak’) = well spoken (§5.ex)
sūci (f) = a needle, apin (§12.4.1, §12.ex)
sudaṃ (ind; a deictic particle, mostly pleonastic. See also su) = just, even; often untranslatable (§2.
ex, §14.ex)
suddhi (f) = purity (§5.8.2)
sudesiya (FPP < caus of su-√diś VI ‘point’) = can be well-(/properly) taught (§2.6.1.1, §8.1.1)
sudukkara (adj and n) = extremely difficult, the greatly difficult to do; extreme hardship.extreme
difficulty (§10.ex)
sugata (adj; m. PPP, < su + √gam I ‘go’) = ‘well gone’, gone to a fortunate destiny (sugati), fortunate,
faring well; the Well-gone One, the Fortunate One (§1.ex, §1.7.1, §6.ex)
sugīta (su + PPP of gayati, < √gai I ‘sing’) = well sung (§5.ex)
sūkara (m) = pig (§5.8.2)
sukha (adj) = happy, pleasant, comfortable (§1.ex, §2.9.1); sukhena (adv) = happily (§2.9.2)
sukha-āvaho (nom,m,sg; adj for dhammo) = inducing happiness, bringing about happiness (§9.2.4)
sukha-dukkha (n; dvanda-samāsa) = pleasure and pain (§12.ex)
sukha-jīvin (adj) = having a happy life, living happily (§10.ex)
sukha-kāma (adj) = desiring happiness; sukha-kāmāni (acc,n,pl) qualifies bhūtāni (§6.3.3)
318
Glossary
sukha-ppaṭivedī (adj, nom,m,sg, < sukhappaṭivedin) = experiencing happiness (§5.ex)

sukha-vihāra (m) = state of happiness, happy abiding; sukavihāra-tara (adj; -tara is comparative suffix)
= greater state of happiness (§4.4.3)
sukha-vihārī (nom,m,sg of sukha-vihārin) = dwelling in a state of happiness (§4.6.2)
sukhakāma (adj, bahubbīhi < sukha (n) + kāma) = desirous of happiness (§14.1)
sukha (n) = happiness (§2.6.1.1, §3.9.1)
sukhin (adj) = possessing happiness, happy; sukhino (gen,m,sg) (§4.1, §4.6)
sukhita (PPP of sukheti; denom < sukha) = happy (§5.ex)
sukhuma (adj) = fine, subtle (§13.ex)
sukka (adj) = white, bright, pure (§14.ex)
suladdhaṃ (nom,n,sg, impersonal) me (ins,1,sg, of ahaṃ) = it is well gained by me (§6.ex)
suṇāti (= suṇoti. 3,sg; pre, < √śru V ‘hear’; often conjugated like a Class IX verb) = hears (§6.2.1);
ger: sutvā (§8.ex)
Sundarikā (f; npr) = name of a river (§8.ex)
Sundarika-bhāradvāja (m; npr) = name of a Brahmin (§8.ex)
suṇeyyaṃ (1,sg; opt of suṇāti < √śru V ‘hear’) = I would listen (§7.3.5)
sunijjhāyita (PPP < √dhyai I ‘ponder’) = well reflected upon (§4.ex)
suñña (adj) = empty; suñnato (abl, used as adv) = from the perspective of being empty, as empty
(§2.9.3.1)
suñña-āgāra (/-agāra) (n) = empty house, empty hut, empty place (§7.ex, §13.ex)
suññaṃ aduṃ titthāyatanaṃ antamaso saggūpagena pi = this community of sect is empty even of going
to heaven (§14.ex)
suññatā (f) = emptiness (§2.9.1)
suññatā-vihārena (inst,m,sg; ins used as adv) = in the manner of the emptiness state (§2.9.1)
suṇoti (= suṇāti); suṇomi (1,sg) = I hear (§5.8.2); suṇoma (1,pl) = we listen (§5.ex)
suparivitakkita (su + PPP of parivitakketi ‘fully reasons/investigates’ < √tark X ‘infer’) = well
investigated upon, well reasoned (§4.ex)
supaṭṭhita-citta (adj) = having the thoughts/mind well established (§6.ex)
sūpeyya (n) = belonging to soup, soup, curry (§5.5)
Suppiya (m, npr) = name of a person (§2.ex)
surakkhita (PPP < su- √rakṣ I 'protect') = well-protected (§7.4.5)
sūriya (m) = sun (§12.ex)
surucita (PPP < √ruc I ‘shine’, ‘be pleased’) = well-inclined towards, much desirous of (§4.ex)
sussāsaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of sussūsati ‘desires to hear’, desid of suṇāti < √śru V ‘hear’) = desiring to
hear (§6.3.3)
sussūsati (3,sg; pre, desid < √śru V ‘hear’) = desires to hear (§14.ex)
susukha (adj) = very happy, very pleasant.extremely happy.extremely pleasant (§1.5)
susukhaṃ (acc used as adv) = very happily (§2.9.1, §6.4.2.4)
suta (adj; n. PPP < √śru V ‘hear’) = was/has been heard (§4.3.3); learning (§2.6.2.1); sutaṃ (nom,n,sg,
impersonal) = it was/has been heard (§4.7.8)
sutaṃ … me etaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ … bhāsamānānam = This was heard by me when the brāhmins …
were speaking. (= I have heard this from the brahmins … “brāhhmaṇānaṃ … bhāsamānānam” can
be taken as a gen abs.) (§9.ex)
sute (loc,n,sg of PPP < √śru V ‘hear’) = in hearing, in the heard (impersonally) (§4.ex, §8.1.2)
suttanta (m) = a discourse, a sutta (§13.ex)
suttaso (adv) = chapter by chapter (§14.2)
suttato (adv) = according to the suttas (§14.2)
suvaṇṇa (adj) = of good physical appearance, beautiful (§6.ex)
sv-ānussuta (PPP < su + anussuta, < √śru V ‘hear’) = well heard/learned from hearing, well received
from tradition (§4.ex)
svākkhāta (PPP, < su + ā + √khyā II ‘be called’) = well expounded, well explained (§4.3.3)
tad agge (ind) = starting from that, since then (§10.ex)
tadā (adv) = at that time, then (§14.2)
319
tādī (nom,m,sg; of tādin, adj) = one like that, such a person (§11.2.3)
tādisa (adj) = such like, like that, such a, such a one, of such type (§2.ex, §4.3.3, §11.1.3)
taṃ (acc,m/n,sg) = him, that, it (§3.ex, §6.3.3)
taṃ (acc,sg of tvaṃ) = you (§7.ex)
taṃ (ind connective) = that, so, thus, then, this now, there, in this regard; no ce taṃ = if that, if then, if
in this regard (§5.5.1, §7.4.5); taṃ (conn, ind) kiṃ maññasi = Now, what do you think? (§7.ex)
tamaṃ (acc,n,sg of tama/tamo) = darkness (§4.ex)
taṇhā (f) = thirst, craving (§4.6.2)
taṇhā-saṃyojana (adj, qualifying satta) = having craving as fetter, fettered by craving (§9.ex)
taṇhā-vicaritāni (nom,n,pl) = craving-activities (§8.ex)
taṅhāyati (/taṅhīyati; denom < taṇhā + -īya-) = cravesfor, thirsts for (§4.1)
tanti (f) = string/cord (of a lute) (§7.ex)
tanutta (n, abst noun; < tanu ‘thin’ + -tta) = thinness, diminution (§5.ex)
tapa(s)/tapo (n) = asceticism, austerity (§12.ex)
tapate (3,sg; pre, āt < √tap I ‘burn’) = radiates, beams (§9.3.3)
tārakā (f) = star; tārakarūpa (n) = star, the light of the stars (§10.ex)
taranta (PrP of tarati < √tṝ I ‘cross over’) = crossing over, overstepping, trespassing (§12.ex)
tarati (3,sg; pre, √tṝ I ‘cross over’) = crosses over (§2.6.1.1)
tāreti (3,sg; pre, caus of tarati) = makes cross over, leads over, rescues (§9.ex)
taruṇa (adj) = young, tender, new, fresh (§13.ex)
taruṇa-vacchā (adj, bahubbīhi; nom,f,sg; qualifying gāvī) = (a cow) having a young calf v
tasmā (adv < abl,sg, of tad ‘that’) = ‘from that’, therefore (§2.9.3)
tassā rattiyā accayena = when the night has advanced (§5.ex)
tāta (voc,m,sg) = dear one! father! son! (§11.1.2)
tathā (ind) = in that/such manner (§6.4.2.3)
tathā-rūpa (adj) = that-form, that-type, of that kind, such (§7.4.5, §13.ex)
tathā-vidha (adj) = such, such form (§9.ex)
tathāgata (m) = ‘Thus Gone/Come One’; An epithet for the Buddha (§1.7.1)
tathāgatassa na hoti āghāto = the Tathāgata has no ill-will (§2.ex)
tathāgatena (ins,m,sg) = to/as (with) the Tathāgata (§2.6.1.2)
tathākārin (adj; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = doing in that same manner (§12.ex)
tathārūpa (adj, bahubbīhi; < tathā + rūpa) = that-form, that-type, of that kind, such, of such kind, such
a form (§6.3.3, §7.4.5, §13.ex)
tathārūpiṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati (tathārūpiṃ correlates with
yathārūpāya) = he transgresses the kind of offence for which the rehabilitation is known = he
transgresses some kind of rehabilitative offence (§13.ex)
tathattāya (dat,n,sg of tathatta ‘state of being that/such’) = for such a state (§7.4.5)
tato (adv) = from that, from there, next, then, consequently (§2.6.2.2, §14.2)
tato bhiyyo = more than that (§4.ex)
tato nidānaṃ (adv phrase) = due to that, because of that (§6.ex)
tato piyatara (adj; comparative) = dearer than that/them (§5.ex)
tatra/tattha (adv) = therein, in that context (§1.6.1, §2.5.2, §2.ex, §4.6.2, §14.2)
tatrupāya (tatra-upāya; adj) = appropriate as a means therein, serving as an appropriate means for that
(§11.1.2)
tāva (ind) = to that extent, for that long (§6.4.2.3, §7.ex)
tayo (nom,m,pl, of num ti) = three (§2.8.1, §8.ex)
te (2,ins/dat/abl/gen,sg, enclitic; of tvaṃ) = by you, to/for you, from you, of you; te evam assa (3,sg; opt,
of √as II ‘be’) = it might occur to you thus, you might think thus (§5.ex, §7.2.1, §8.1.2, §12.ex, §13.ex)
te (nom/acc,m,pl of so; dem pron) = they, them (§1.ex, §2.9.3.1, §3.10.1, §5.ex); tesaṃ: gen/dat,m,pl
(§2.1, §2.ex, §4.ex)
tedhā (adv) = in three ways, threefold (§14.2)
tejassī (nom,m,sg, < tejas-vin) = ‘possessing fiery energy (tejas)’, powerful (§4.ex)
tela (n) = oil (§10.ex)
320
Glossary
tena (ins,n,sg) = on that account, therefor (§6.4.2)

tena aṅgena (adv) = in that respect (§14.ex)
tena hi (idiomatic phrase) = therefor, now then (§11.ex)
tena samayena (ins used as adv) = At that time (§3.4.1)
tesaṃ accayena (adv phrase) = after their passing away (§13.ex)
thāma-vant (adj) = possessing stamina, having strength, steadfast, strong, firm (§4.ex)
thāmasā (ins,m,sg; used as adv) = firmly, strongly (§9.5.2)
thamba/thambha (m) = a tuft of grass (§13.ex)
ṭhāna (n) = place, location, locality, station, situation, case, matter, state, quality, condition, ground (§1.
ex, §11.ex)
ṭhapeti (3,sg; pre, caus of tiṭṭhati, < √sthā I ‘stand’) = causes to stand, establishes, sustains (§3.10.1)
thapetvā (ger of caus < √sthā I ‘stand’) = excepting (§10.ex)
thāvara (adj. Skt: sthāvara) = standing still, non-moving, stable, firm, inanimate (§14.ex)
thāvariya (n; abst noun, < thāvara) = stability, sustainability (§14.ex)
thera (adj; m) = elder, senior; an elder, a senior monk (§3.9.1)
theyya (n) = theft, stealing; theyya-saṅkhāta (adj; < theyya + PPP of saṅkharoti < sam-√kṛ) = theft-
intended, with intention of stealing (§11.ex)
ṭhiti (f) = staying, remaining, duration; ṭhitiyā (dat,f,sg) = for the staying/duration (§3.ex)
ti (/iti) (ind) = used like a quotation mark (it marks out a direct speech, a thought, a defintion, etc.);
thus, therefore (§1.6)
tibba (adj) = sharp, strong , intense, severe (§12.ex, §13.ex)
tīhi ṭhānehi = on three grounds, on account of three qualities, in three cases (§14.ex)
tiṇṇaṃ (gen,m/n,pl of num ti ‘three’) = of three, of the three (§3.6.1, §5.ex, §7.4.5, §8.ex)
tīra (n) = a shore, river bank (§12.ex)
tiriyaṃ (adv) = sideways, across (§12.ex)
tiro-janapadā (abl,n,sg) = from a another/foreign country (§11.1.2)
tiro-raṭṭhā (abl,n,sg) = from a another/foreign kingdom (§11.1.2)
tissannaṃ (gen,f,pl, of ti; num ) = of three (§5.ex)
tisso (nom,f,pl, of ti; num) = three (§5.ex)
titikkhati (3,sg; pre, desid < √tij X ‘sharpen’) = ‘desires to be sharp/firm’, endures (§14.ex)
tittha (n; Skt: tīrtha) = a ghat, a fording place, a ford; a dogma, a sect (§14.ex)
tittha-āyatana (n) = community of a sect, sectarian institution (§14.ex)
tu (ind; enclitic) = but, however (§4.ex)
tuccha (adj) = empty, lacking substance, hollow, vain, deserted (§4.ex); tucchā/tucchaṃ/tucchena (adv)
= in an empty way, vainly (§12.ex)
tudati (√tud VI ‘hit’) = hits (§3.2)
tuleti (3,sg; pre < √tul X ‘weigh’) = he weighs, compares; ger: tulayitvā (§8.ex)
tumula (adj) = tumultuous, noisy (§12.ex)
tuṇhī / tuṇhīṃ / tuṇhiṃ (ind) = silent, silently (§4.7.7); tuṇhī-bhūta (adj; kammadhāraya-samāsa) =
become silent, being/remaining silent (§12.ex)
tvaṃ (nom,sg, 2nd personal pron) = you (§2.8.1); tumhe: nom/acc,pl (§1.7.1); tumhākaṃ: gen,pl (§5.ex);
tuyhaṃ: dat/gen,sg (§7.2.1)
ubho (adj, pl) = both (§4.5.3)
uccā (ind) = up high, above; uccā-kulā (abl,n,sg) = high-rank family, aristocratic family (§5.ex)
ucca-avaca (adj) = ‘high and low’, big or small, major or minor, various (§11.1.2, §13.ex)
uccā-kūlīna (adj) = belonging to a high-rank family; uccākūlīna-tā (f; -tā is abst noun suffix) = the fact/
nature of being from a high-rank family (§5.ex)
ucchinna-mūlo (adj; nom,m,sg; qualifying rāgo) = with root cut off (§6.ex)
ud- (commonly added prefix) = ‘up’, ‘upwards, ‘out’, ‘off’ (§3.1.1)
udabindu (nom,n,sg) = water-drop, a drop of water; udabinduva (§9.ex)
udāharati (3,sg,pre; < ud + ā + √hṛ I ‘carry’) = utters, declares, announces, makes pronouncement (§7.
ex)
udaka (n) = water (§2.6.2.1)
321
udāna (n) = inspired utterance, spontaneous utterance (§10.ex)

udāneti/udānayati (3,sg; denom from udāna) = spontaneously makes an inspired utterance; udānesi:
3,sg aor (§10.ex)
udapādi (3,sg, aor pas; < ud + a (augment) + √pad I ‘go’) = it was arisen (§10.ex)
udaya-bbaya (m) = arising and ceasing (§12.ex)
udeti (3,sg; pre, < ud + √i II ‘go’) = rises up, arises; udayaṃ: nom,m,sg = rising (sun) (§4.ex)
Udāyī (nom,m,sg; npr) = name of a monk (§3.ex)
uddesa (m) = brief indication, summary statement (§4.ex)
uddesika (adj) = in the region of, about; pannarasavassuddesika (adj; pannarasa + vassa ‘year’ +
uddesika) = about fifteen years old (§13.ex)
uddhaṃ (adv) = above (§12.ex)
uddharati (3,sg; pre, < ud + √hṛ I ‘cary’) = draws out, puts away, lifts up (§3.ex)
uddisitvā (= uddissa; ger of uddisati < ud + √diś VI ‘point out’) = having pointed out (§4.ex)
uggaṇhāti (3,sg; pre, < ud + √grah IX ‘seize’. Note: grah + -nā- + ti → gaṇhāti; Skt: gṛhṇāti) = takes
up, picks up, grasps, learns (§6.2.1)
uju/ujju (adj) = straight, upright, honest, sincere (§4.ex, §5.ex, §7.ex)
ujjugata (PPP < ujju + √gam I ‘go’) = going straight, upright, sincere (§5.ex)
ujuka (adj) = straight-forward, upright, straight, honest (§6.ex)
uju-paṭipanna (uju + PPP of prati-√pad IV ‘go’ ) = practicing upright (§4.ex)
ukkaṃsati (3,sg; pre, < ut + √kṛṣ I ‘pull’; Skt: utkarṣa) = pulls up, raises.extols; attāno (acc,m,sg of
attan) ukkaṃseti (caus, 3,sg, of ukkaṃsati) = extols/lauds himself (§5.ex)
uḷara (adj) = great, lofty.excellent (§6.ex)
ullokayati/ulloketi (3,sg; pre, < ud + √lok X ‘look’) = looks up at (§9.5.3)
uṇha (adj; n/m) = hot, warm; heat, warmth (§14.ex)
upa- (commonly added prefix) = ‘closely’, ‘near to’, ‘intensely’, ‘secondary’ (§3.1.1)
-upaga (adj) = going towards, reaching, undergoing; furnished with (§6.ex, §8.3.3)
upanayati (3,sg; pre, < upa + √nī I ‘lead’) = leads to, brings near to, adduces, alludes to, cites (§5.ex)
upapajjamāna (PrP, āt < √pad IV ‘go’) = arising, being reborn (§6.ex)
upacaya (m) = accumulation, growth; pañcupādānakkhandhā upacayaṃ (acc) gacchanti = the five
clinging-aggregates come to be accumulated (lit: go into accumulation) (§6.ex)
upādā (= upādāya; ger of upādiyati < upa + ā + √dā III ‘give’) (§14.4.2)
upādāna (n) = grasping, clinging (§2.9.2)
upādāna-(k)khandhā (nom,m,pl) = aggregates of grasping (§2.9.2)
upādāya (ger of upadīyati ‘takes as source’; < upa + ā + √dā III ‘give’) = appropriating, laying hold of,
deriving/evolving from (gen); ajjhattikassa upādāya = deriving from the internal (§8.ex)
upadhi (m) = worldly possessions, acquisitions; attachment, clinging (§13.2.1)
upādiyati (3,sg; pre, < √upa + ā + √dā III ‘give’) = takes up, lays hold of clings to (§6.4.2)
upadussati (3,sg; pre, < upa + √duṣ IV ‘spoil’) = resents, hates (§3.ex)
upagamma (ger of upagacchati < upa + √gam I ‘go’) = approaching, resorting to, holding to (§4.5.3)
upahanati/upahanti (3,sg; < upa + √han II ‘strike’, ‘kill’) = strikes/kills (§10.ex)
upahaññati (3,sg, pas of upahanti < upa + √han II ‘strike’, ‘kill’) = is struck/killed; upahaññetha (3,sg;
opt, pas, āt) = it/he should be killed (§10.ex)
upahata (PPP, < upa + √han II ‘strike’, ‘killed’) = destroyed (§14.ex)
upakkamiṃsu (3,pl; aor of upakkamati < upa + √kram I ‘step’) = went into, fell upon, attacked (§10.ex)
upakkilesa (m) = defilement (§14.3.1)
upakkiliṭṭha (PPP < upa + √kliś IX ‘defile’; adj to citta) = defiled (§14.3.1)
upanayhati (3,sg; < upa + √nah IV ‘bind’. Skt upanahyati) – ties up, bears enmity towards, resents (§3.
ex)
upanisā (f; Skt: upaniṣad ‘sitting near’) = proximate cause, cause, basis; upanisa-sampanna (adj;
nom,m,sg) = possessing the proximate cause (§9.ex)
upanissāya (ger of < √śri I ‘lean on’) viharati = lives depending on, lives in dependence on (§12.ex)
upanīta (PPP of upa-nayati < √nī I ‘lead’) = has not been brought in, alluded to (§5.ex)
upanīta-vaya(s) (adj) = advanced in age (§11.ex)
322
Glossary
upapajjati (3,sg; pre, √pad I ‘go’) = is reborn, re-arises (§2.6.2, §2.ex)

upaparikkhati (3,sg; pre, < √īkṣ I ‘look’, ‘see’) = closely (/carefully) examines (§8.ex)
uparati (f) = ceasing, cessation; vihiṃsā = injuring, hurting; vihiṃsā-uparati = ceasing of hurting (§11.
ex)
upāsaka (m) = lay devotee (§1.7.1, §3.4.1)
upasama (m) = calming, appeasement (§7.ex)
upasaṃharati (3,sg; pre, < √hṛ I ‘carry’) = directs (the mind) towards (§3.ex)
upasaṃkamitvā (ger of upasaṃkamati < upa + sam + √kram I ‘step’) = having approached (§5.ex)
upasampadā (f) = undertaking, accomplishment, final/full attainment, full ordination (as a bhikkhu)
(§2.7.1, §7.ex)
upasampajja (ger, < upa + sam + √pad IV ‘go’ + ya) = having entered into (a meditation state) (§4.5.3)
upasaṅkamanassa (dat,n,sg) = for going near (§7.4.5)
upasaṅkamati (3,sg; pre, < upa + sam + √kram I ‘step’) = goes near, approaches (§1.ex, §8.ex)
upasaṅkameyya (3,sg; opt of upasaṅkamati ‘goes completely near’, approaches; < upa + sam + √kram
I ‘step’) = one would go near (§7.4.5)
upasaṅkami (3/2,sg; aor < upa + sam + √kram I ‘step’. Note that no augment is used for this verb) =
went near to, approached (§10.ex, §13.4.1)
upasaṅkamituṃ (inf; < upa + sam + √kram I ‘step’) = to approach, to go near to (§11.1.3)
upāsare (3,pl; pre, āt, < upa + √ās II ‘sit’) = they ‘sit near’, they attend on (§14.3.1)
upatiṭṭhati (3.sg; pre, < upa + √sthā I ‘stand’) = ‘stands near’, appears in front (§6.4.2.1)
upaṭṭhāna-sālā (f) = audience hall, assembly hall (§14.ex)
upaṭṭhapeti (3,sg; pre, caus of upatiṭṭhati < upa + √sthā I ‘stand’) = ‘causes to stand near’, causes to
appear, brings into presence (§14.ex)
upaṭṭhapetvā (ger of caus < upa + √sthā I ‘stand’) = having established; parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā
= establishing mindfulness right in front (§7.ex, §12.ex)
upāyāsa (m) = trouble, perturbance, unrest, misery (§12.ex)
upayati (3,sg; < upa + √yā II ‘go’) = goes near, approaches, performs (a sacrifice) (§9.5.3)
upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhi (f) = purity of equanimity and mindfulness (§13.ex)
upekkhaka (adj) = even-minded, equanimous (§1.7.1, §3.9.1, §4.6.2)
upeti (3,sg; pre, < upa + √i II ‘go’) = goes into (§8.ex)
uppāda (m) = arising (§1.7.1)
uppāda-vaya-dhammino (nom,m,pl) = arising-ceasing in nature (§4.ex)
uppādeti (3,sg; pre, caus < ud + √pad IV ‘go’) = causes to arise, generates, arouses (§3.ex)
uppajjamāna (PrP, āt, of uppajjati) = arising (§6.3.3)
uppajjamānaṃ uppajjati (note PrP of same verb as that which follows) = when it is actually arising,
it arises (§6.3.3)
uppajjati (3,sg; pre, √pad IV ‘go’) = is born, is reborn, arises (§3.6.1)
uppajjissatha (3,sg; condl, < ud + √pad IV ‘go’) = it would have arisen (§14.ex)
uppajjitvā (ger < uppajjati) = having arisen (§4.5.3)
uppanna-pubba (adj) = have arisen before (§8.ex)
uppattiyā (dat,f,sg) = for coming forth/(re)birth (§3.9.1)
ūru (m/f) = the thigh (§3.9.1)
Uruvelā (f; npr) = name of the town where Gotama became enlightened. Its name was later changed
to be Buddhagayā (§12.ex)
Uruvela-kassapa (m, npr) = name of the fire-worship ascetic converted by the Buddha (§11.2.3)
ussahati (3,sg; pre < ud + √sah I ‘endure’) = makes an effort; ger: ussahitvā (§8.ex)
ussukka (more correctly: ussuka; adj. Skt: utsuka) = striving, busy, active (§13.ex)
ussukkaṃ āpanna (adj) = actively engaged (§13.ex)
uttama = highest (§12.ex)
uttāna (adj) = spread out, clear, shallow (§13.2.1)
uttānī-karoti (3,sg; pre, < uttāna + √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = discloses, makes clear, reveals.explains (§13.2.1,
§13.ex)
Uttara (m, npr) = name of a Brahmin youth (§10.ex)
323
uttarā-abhimukha (adj) = facing the north (§11.ex)

uttara-āsaṅga (m) = an upper or outer robe (§6.ex)
uttari-tara (adj, comparative) = more excellent, higher, better
uttariṃ (adv) = further, beyond, in addition (§13.2.1)
uṭṭhāna (n) = standing alert (§7.4.5)
uṭṭhāti/uttiṭhati/uṭṭhahati (3,sg; pre, < ud-√sthā I ‘stand’) = stands up, rises up, arises; ger: uṭṭhāya;
uṭṭhāya āsanā (abl,n,sg) = arising from the seat (§4.7.6, §6.ex)
utu (n/m) = season, time of the year (§10.ex)
uyyojana (n) = incitement, sending away; uyyojanika = instigating, dismissive (§12.ex)
uyyojanika-paṭisaṃyutta = connected with dismissing (§12.ex)
uyyojetvā (ger of caus of uyyuñjati ‘goes away’, ‘makes effort’; < ut + √yuj VII ‘yoke’) = having sent
away, having dismissed (§11.2.3)
va (ind; = eva emphatic particle) = itself, indeed, etc. (§2.6.1.2)
vā (ind; enclitic) = or (§1.6, §3.9.1)
vācā (f) = speech (§12.ex)
vācā-vikkhepa (m) = verbal equivocation (§14.ex)
vacana-patha (m) = way of speaking, manner of speech (§14.ex)
vacanīya (FPP < √vac II ‘speak’) = it should said (§8.ex); nom,n,sg, impersonal: vacanīyaṃ.
vācāvikkhepaṃ āpajjati amarāvikkhepaṃ = he gets into verbal equivocation, equivocation like a
wriggling eel (§14.ex)
vācāya (ins,f,sg of vācā) = by speech, in respect of the speech, vocally (§6.3.3)
vaccha (m) = calf (§13.ex)
vāceti (3,sg; pre, caus < √vac II ‘speak’) = ‘causes to speak’, reads out (to others), recites, teaches (§13.
ex)
vacī-duccarita (n) = vocal misconduct (§4.ex)
vāda (m) = speech, doctrine (§1.ex)
vādin (adj and noun) = ‘having an assertion/doctrine’, holding a view (§4.6)
vadati (3,sg; pre, √vad I ‘say’) = says (§1.7.1); vadāmi (1,sg; pre) = I say (§2.9.2)
vaddalikā (f; Skt: vardalikā) = rainy weather (§12.ex)
vaddeyya (3,sg, opt of vadati < √vad I ‘say’) = he would/might say (§7.4.5)
vaḍḍhati (3,sg; < √vṛdh I ‘grow’); sīlena vaḍḍhati = grows/develops in ethical alignment (§2.8.1)
vadeti (= vadati, √vad I ‘say’) = he says; vadesi (2,sg) = you say (§2.8.1)
vadha (m) = striking, killing (§9.5.3, §14.ex)
vāhasā (ind) = owing to, on account of, through; tassa kammuno vāhasā = on account of that kamma
(§5.ex)
vajjha (FPP < √vadh I ‘kill’. Skt: vadhya) = to be killed. (§12.ex)
vaka (m) = wolf (§5.8.2)
vakkhati (3,sg, fut; < √vac II ‘say’) = he will say (§7.ex)
vambha (noun: ‘despise’) + -ya-/-e- → vambheti (Skt: kutsayati) = despises (§4.1)
vambheti (3,sg; denom < vambha) = disparages, despises, reviles, scolds (§4.ex)
vaṃsañña (adj) = derived from tradition (§9.5.3)
vana (n) = forest, grove, woodland (§7.4.5); vanena vanaṃ (adv phrase = from forest to forest (§2.9.5)
vana-pattha (n) = forest wilderness (§13.ex)
vana-saṇḍe (loc,m,sg) = forest cluster/thicket (§5.6.2)
vandana (n) = veneration (§3.ex)
vaṇṇa (m. Skt: varṇa (n)) = colour, beauty, apperance, good aspects, virtue, praise (§2.ex, §3.ex, §4.2.2,
§4.ex, §9.1.1, §13.ex); vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti = they praise (§3.ex)
vaṇṇa-nibhā (f) = physical lustre, beautiful appearance (§13.ex)
vara (m/n) = boon, wish, favour (§10.ex)
varaṃ ce me ado = if you granted me a boon (§10.ex)
vāreti (3,sg; pre, caus < √vṛ V/IX/I ‘cover’) = chases away.expels (§5.8.2)
vāsa (m) = sojourn, staying (§11.ex)
vasavattin (adj) = wielding power, having sovereignty; wielder of power (§14.ex)
324
Glossary
vasena (ins used as adv) = by the influence of, under the dictate of (§5.5.2)
Vāseṭṭha (npr, m) = name of a Brahmin youth (§10.ex)
vasi (3,sg; aor, < √vas I ‘dwell’) = dwelt, lived. mā … vasi: here, aor is 3,sg, used as polite request
(§13.4.1)
vasī (nom,m,sg, < vasin) = ‘possessing mastery (vasa)’, having power, being in control, authoritative
(§4.ex)
vassāni (nom,n,pl) = rains, years, ordination-age; asīti vassāni (adv) = for eighty years (§12.ex)
vassant (PrP of vassati, < √vṛṣ I ‘rain’) = rains; vassante (loc,m,sg; PrP) = raining; deve vassante (loc
abs) = when the rain-cloud rains down (/when rain pours down) (§11.ex)
vata/bata (ind, emphatic) = indeed, certainly, verily (§1.5, §2.ex)
vaṭṭa (n) = round, cycle, saṃsāra (§14.3.1)
vattāmi (1,sg; pre, < √vṛt I ‘turn’) = I proceed, I do (§5.5.2)
vattāro (nom,m,pl; ag noun < √vac II ‘speak’) = speakers (§12.5)
vattati (3,sg; pre, √vṛt I ‘turn’) = turns, operates, proceeds.exists (§8.ex)
vattessati (3,sg, fut < √vṛt I ‘turn’) = he will turn (§12.ex)
vattha-guyha (adj; n. guyha is FPP < √guh I ‘conceal’) = to be concealed with a cloth; the genital (§10.
ex)
vatthu (n) = object, thing, matter, entity, property, base; vatthunā (ins,n,sg) = in respect of a thing
(§3.6.1)
vatthu-kata (< vatthu + PPP of < √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = made a basis (§13.2.1)
vaya (m) = decay, perishing (§4.ex, §9.ex)
vaya-dhamman (adj; dhamma here means ‘nature’) = of the nature of decay (§7.ex)
vaya-dhammin (adj) = having the nature of decay, of the nature of decay (§4.ex)
vāyamati (3,sg, pre < vi + ā + √yam I ‘give’) = strives, struggles, endeavours (§3.ex)
ve (ind; emphatic particle) = indeed, truly (§1.ex)
vedanā (f) = sensation, feeling. vedanā here is nom,f,pl; dukkhā (also nom,f,pl) qualifies vedanā (§2.7.1)
vedanīya (FPP < √vid II ‘know’) = to be/should be understood (§8.1.1)
vedehiputta (m) = son of the Queen of Vedehi (§14.ex)
vedeti (3,sg; pre, caus < √vid II ‘feel’) = feels, senses.experiences (§4.5.4)
veditabba (FPP < √vid II ‘know’) = to be/should be understood (§8.1.1)
Vehaḷiṅga (m, npr) = name of a place (§10.ex)
velā (f) = time, shore, limit, boundary (§2.ex, §10.ex)
veḷu (m) = bamboo (§4.ex)
veḷuriya (n; Skt: vaiḍūrya) = a precious stone, lapis lazuli, beryl (§9.3.3)
vepulla (n; abst noun, < vipula + -ya) = fullness, abundance (§14.ex)
vera (n) = hatred; verena (ins,n,sg) = by/with hatred (§2.6.1.1, §3.ex)
Vesālī (npr, f) = name of city (§10.ex)
vetti (3,sg; pre, < √vid II ‘know’) = he knows (§12.ex)
veyyāvacca (n) = service, duty (§12.ex)
vi- (commonly added prefix) = ‘separate’, ‘free from’, ‘different’, ‘distinct’ (§3.1.1)
vibhajati (3,sg; < vi + √bhaj I ‘divide') = analyses.expounds (§4.ex)
vibhajitvā (= vibhajja; ger of vibhajati) = having analysed, having distinguished; avibhajitvā = without
having elaborated (§4.ex)
vibheti (/vibhāyati; 3,sg; < vi + √bhī I/III ‘fear’) = fears, is afraid (§12.ex)
vibhūsana (n) = adornment (§11.ex)
vicāra (m) = investigation.examination, subtler/finer thought (in comparison to vitakka) (§13.ex)
vicikicchati (3.sg; pre, desid < vi-√cit I ‘consider’, ‘attend to’) = hesitates, is uncertain (§14.ex)
Videha (m; npr) = name of a country, people from the Videha country (§1.7.1)
vidhāvati (3,sg, < √dhāv I ‘run’, ‘proceed’) = proceeds, move about (§13.ex)
viditvā (ger, < √vid II ‘know’) = having known (§4.ex, §6.ex)
vidū (3,pl; pf < √vid II ‘know’. Skt: viduḥ) = they knew, they know (§12.ex)
vigata-malamacchera (adj, bahubbīhi; < PPP of vi-√gam I ‘go’ + mala-macchera) = freed from the
stinginess-taint (§14.ex)
325
vigatūpakkilesa (adj, bahubbīhi; < vigata (PPP < vi + √gam I ‘go’) + upakilesa) = with defilements
removed (§13.ex)
vihaññati (3,sg; pas of vihanati, < vi + √han II ‘kill’. For pas, see §9.4) = is struck, is vexed, is killed
(§5.ex)
vihanti (3,sg; pre, < √han II ‘kill’) = he destroys (§4.ex)
vihāra (m) = abiding, dwelling, state; vihārin (adj, < vihāra + -in) = ‘having a dwelling’, being in a
(particular) state, dwelling in a certain state (§2.9.1, §4.6, §4.6.2)
vihāraṃ (acc,m,sg) kappeti = ‘arranges abiding’, abides, conducts one’s living (§6.4.2.5)
viharati (3,sg; pre, < vi + √hṛ I ‘carry’) = dwells, abides, remains (in a state) (§1.4.5, §3.9); vihārāmi
(1,sg; pre) = I dwell (§2.9.1)
vihareyyaṃ (1,sg; opt, < vi-√hṛ I ‘carry’) = I would dwell (§7.4.5)
vihātabba (FPP of viharati; expressed impersonally) = it should be lived/dwelt in (§8.ex)
vihesiyamāna (PrP, pas < vi + √hiṃs I/VII ‘injure’; qualifying bhikkhuṃ) = being harassed (§7.3.6)
viheṭhetha (2,pl; ipv of viheṭheti, < vi + √hīḍ/heḷ I ‘be hostile’) = let you harass; mā viheṭhetha = let you
not harass, don’t harass (§13.4.2)
vijaññā (/vijaññaṃ; opt of vijānāti < vi + √jñā IX ‘know) = one should know (§12.ex)
vijigucchamāna (PrP, āt, of vijigucchati ‘loathe’, ‘be disgusted’) = loathing, despising, being
contemptuous towards (§12.ex)
vijitāvin (PPA, < vi + √ji I ‘conquer’) = has conquered, one who has conquered (§14.ex)
vijitāvinaṃ (acc,m,sg, of vijitāvin; PPA < vi + √ji I ‘conquer’) = has conquered (§14.3.1)
vijjā (f) = knowledge (§4.ex)
vijjā-caraṇa-sampanna (adj) = fully endowed with knowledge and conduct (§4.ex)
vijjati (3,sg, pas < √vid VI ‘find’) = is found.exists (§9.ex)
vikatthati (3,sg; pre, < √kath X ‘boast’) = really boasts (§4.ex)
vikatthī (nom,m,sg of vikatthin) = particularly boastful, a real boaster (§4.ex)
vikkhepa (m; < vi + khepa. Skt: vikṣepa) = dispersion, distraction, derangement, confusion, equivocation
(§14.ex)
viloketi (3,sg; < vi + √lok X ‘look’) = looks distinctly, inspects, surveys (§11.ex)
vīmaṃsā (f) = with investigation, with examination. (§11.1.2)
vimocayaṃ (nom,m,sg; PrP of vimocayati; caus of vimuñcati < vi + √muc VI ‘release’) = liberating
(§7.ex)
vimuñcati (3,sg; pre, < vi + √muc VI ‘release’) = releases, sets free, becomes free (§6.3.3, §7.ex); PPP:
vimutta (§6.3.3)
vimutti (f) = liberation, emancipation (§3.ex)
vimutti-ñāṇadassanaṃ (nom,n,sg) = knowledge and vision of emancipation (§9.ex)
vimutti-vādā (adj, nom,m,pl; qualifying samaṇa-brāhmaṇā) = holding doctrines pertaining to
emancipation (§3.ex)
vimutta (PPP < vi + √muc VI ‘release’) = liberated; vimutto hoti (hoti has “perfective” sense) = has
been freed (§4.ex)
vīṇā (f) = lute (§7.ex)
vinā (ind) = without (§2.6.1.3)
vinaya (m) = monastic discipline, guide (§1.7.1, §5.ex)
vinaya-dhara (adj; m) = bearing the Vinaya, versed in the Vinaya, specialist in the Vinaya, bearer of
the Vinaya (§13.ex)
vinaya-vādī (nom,m,sg < vinaya-vādin ‘having speech of vinaya’) = one who makes vinaya speech
(§4.ex)
vineti (3,sg; pre < vi + √nī I ‘lead’) = guides, instructs, trains, leads, educate (§1.ex)
vinibbhujitvā (ger of vinibbhujati < vi + ni + √bhuj VI ‘bend’) = having separated (§11.1.3);
vinibbhujitvā nānākaraṇaṃ = having made distinction/differentiation (§11.1.3)
vinipāta (m) = falling down into, destruction, place of suffering, perdition (§3.ex)
vinīta (PPP) = trained, disciplined (§14.ex)
viññāṇa (n) = consciousness, cognition (§2.ex)
viññāṇānañcāyatanaṃ (viññāṇa-ānañca-āyatanaṃ; acc,n,sg) = sphere of infinity of consciousness (§4.
326
Glossary
ex)
viññāpa-ka (adj) = counsellor (§11.ex)
viññeyya (FPP vijānāti, < vi + √jñā IX ‘understand) = cognizable, to be cognized (i.e., objects of
consciousness) (§6.ex)
viññū (adj; m. Skt: vijña) = wise, knowledgeable; a wise one (§6.ex); ins,m,sg: viññunā (§6.ex);
ins,m,pl: viññūhi (§11.ex)
vinodeti (3,sg; pre, caus < vi + √nud VI ‘push’) = he removes (§8.2.2)
viparīta (PPP < vi + pari + √i II ‘go’) = ‘turned upside-down, topsi-turvey; viparītato (adv) = from the
topsy-turvy perspective (§8.ex)
viparīta-dassana (adj, bahubbīhi) = (one) whose visions are topsy-turvy (§13.3.5)
vipassanā (f) = clear seeing insight (§8.ex)
vippahāya (ger of vippajahati) = having abandoned, having left behind (§14.ex)
vippajahati (3,sg; pre, < vi + pra + √hā III ‘abandon’) = abandons, gives up, leaves behind (§14.ex)
vippaṭisāra (m; Skt: vipratisāra) = regret, remorse; avippaṭisāro (nom,m,sg) = non-regret (§7.3.4,
§9.ex)
vippayoga (m) = dissociation, separation (§2.6.1.1)
vīra (adj;m) = heroic, manly; a hero (§14.3.1)
virāga (m) = detachment, absence of desire, fading away (§3.9.1, §9.ex); avijjāya … asesa-virāga-
nirodhā (abl,m,sg) = as a result of (/from) the complete detachment and cessation of ignorance (§4.
ex)
viraja (adj) = dustless, free from stain, pure (§1.5)
virajjati (3,sg; pre, < √rañj I/IV ‘be dyed’) = detaches, is detached, becomes free from greed (§3.6.1)
virājeti (3,sg; pre, caus of virajjati) = causes to be detached, sets oneself free (§3.6.1, §13.ex)
virajjituṃ (inf; < vi + √rañj II ‘be dyed’) = to become detached (§11.1.3)
viriya/vīriya (n) = vigour, energy (§1.7.1)
vīriya-samatha (m) = calming of vigour/energy (§10.ex)
virocati (3,sg; pre, < vi + √ruc I ‘shine’) = radiates, illuminates (§9.3.3)
virodha (m) = opposition, dislike (§13.ex)
virūḷhi (f) = growth, shooting forth (§14.ex)
visahati (3,sg, pre < vi + √sah I ‘endure’, ‘be able’) = is capable, dares, ventures (§7.3.5)
visāṇa (n) = the horn of an animal (§14.ex)
visati (√viś VI ‘enter’) = enters (§3.2)
visattika (adj) = attaching, clinging to, sticking (§11.1.1)
visesa (m) = distinction.excellence, difference (§6.ex)
vissajjeti (3,sg; caus of vissajjati ‘sets free’, < vi + √sṛj VI/IV ‘adhere’) = sends away, hands over,
answers (a question) (§7.3.5)
vissāsa (m) = trust, confidence (§13.3.4)
vissāsa-parama (adj; bahubbīhi, qualifying ñāti) = having trust as the highest (§13.3.4)
vissuta (PPP, < vi + √śru V ‘hear’) = widely renown, famous (§9.3.5.1)
visuddha (PPP < vi + √śudh IV ‘be pure’) = purified, pure (§3.6.1, §6.ex, §8.ex)
visuddhi (f) = purity, purification (§5.ex)
vīta-mala (adj) = taintless (§10.ex)
vitakka (m) = discursive thought, thought; reasoning, grosser thought (in comparison to vitakka) (§7.
ex, §13.ex)
vitakkayittha (2,pl; is-aor, < vi + tark X ‘infer’) = you speculated (§13.4.1)
vitakketi (3,sg; pre, < vi + √tark X ‘infer’) = reasons about, reasons, infers (§6.ex)
vītarāga (adj, bahubbīhi; < PPP of vi-√i II ‘go’ + rāga) = free from greed, detached (§6.4.2.4)
vītihāra (m) = passing over, carrying in between; pāda-vītihāra = exchange of steps, a stride (§11.ex)
vītisāreti (3,sg; pre, < vi + ati + caus of √sṛ I ‘flow’) = exchanges (greetings) (§10.ex)
vitthārena (ins used as adv) = in details (§4.ex, §6.2.1)
vivāda (m) = dispute (§5.ex)
vivāda-āpannā (adj; nom,m,pl) = engaged in disputes (§11.ex)
vivarati (3,sg, pre < vi + √vṛ V/IX/I ‘cover’) = uncover, reveal (§5.ex)
327
vivaṭṭati (3,sg; pre, < vi + √vṛt I ‘turn’) = evolves, unfolds.expands (§6.4.2.2, §10.ex)
viveka = separation, solitude, seclusion (§9.3.4.3); vivekaja (adj) = born of seclusion (§13.ex)
vivicca (ger, < vi + √vic VII ‘separate’ + ya) = having (been) separated from (§4.5.3)
vividha (adj) = various, of different forms (§9.5.3)
vivitta (PPP < vi + √vic VII ‘separate’) = separated, secluded, kept apart, free from (§6.2.1)
viyatta (adj, cf vyatta; PPP < vi + √añj VII ‘anoint’) = accomplished.experienced, distinguished (§11.
ex)
vo ullokayataṃ (gen/dat,m,pl; of PrP of ullokayati) = to you who are looking up at (or, as a gen abs:
‘when you are looking up at) (§9.5.3)
vocchijjati (3,sg; pre, pas < vi + ud + √chid VII ‘cut’) = is cut off (§14.ex)
vocchijjissatha (3,sg, pas; condl < vi + ud + √chid VII ‘cut’) = if it were to be cut off, had it been cut
off (§14.ex)
vohāra (m; < vi + avahāra) = common usage, designation, term, conventional expression, manner of
speech. (The four vohāra are “the seen”, “the heard”, “the sensed” and the cognized”) (§6.3.3)
voharati (3,sg; pre, < vi + ava + √hṛ I ‘carry’) = expresses (§9.5.2)
vokiṇṇa (PPP < vi + ava + √kṝ VI ‘strew’) = mixed; anicca-sukhadukkha-vokiṇṇaṃ (adj; acc,m,sg,
qualifying attānaṃ) = being impermanent and with happiness and unhappiness mixed (/ with
impermanent happiness and unhappiness mixed) (§6.ex)
vokkamati (3,sg; pre, < vi + ava + √kram I ‘step’) = passes away, departs, breaks off, deviates from ; ger:
vokkamma (§14.ex)
vokkamissatha (3,sg, āt; condl < vi + ava + √kram I ‘step’) = had it passed away, had it departed from,
were it to depart (§14.ex)
voloketi (3,sg; pre, < vi + ava + √lok X ‘see’) = surveys, looks down in different directions (§3.6.1)
voropessatha (3,sg; condl, < caus of vi + ava + √ruh I ‘grow’) = had he removed away, had he deprived
of, he would have deprived of (§14.ex)
voropeti (3,sg; pre; caus of vi + ava + √ruh I ‘grow’) = causes to dismount, causes to be removed,
removes, deprives (§14.ex); inf: voropetuṃ (with abl) (§11.ex)
vuccati (3,sg; pas, < √vac II ‘speak’) = is said, is called (§2.ex, §9.4)
vuddha (PPP < √vṛdh I ‘increase’) = grown, grown old, elderly (§9.ex)
vuddhi (f) = development, increase (§14.ex)
vūpakāsa (m) = seclusion, isolation (§2.ex, §3.10.1)
vūpasama (m; < vi + upa + √śam IV/I ‘be quiet’) = quiescence, allaying, calming, cessation (§1.ex,
4.ex)
vūpasamiṃsu (3,pl; aor, < vi + upa + √śam VI/I ‘be quiet’) = fully calmed down, were appeased (§10.
ex)
vusita (PPP < √vas I ‘live’) = has been lived (§8.1.1)
vusitavant (adj; PPA of vusita < √vas I ‘live’) = has lived (§14.3.1)
vussati (3,sg; pas of vasati, < √vas I ‘dwell’. For Pas, see §9.4) = is lived (§5.ex)
vutta-vādin (adj) = speaking what has been said, representing truly what has actually been said (§7.
ex, §12.ex)
vutta (PPP < √vac II ‘speak’) = was spoken, said (§4.ex)
vuṭṭhahitvā (ger < vi + ud + √sthā I ‘stand’) = having risen up, having emerged (from meditation) (§12.
ex)
vuṭṭhāna (n) = rise, origin, emerging, rousing, rehabilitation (§13.ex)
vuṭṭhāpetvā (ger, < caus of vi + ud + √sthā I ‘stand’) = having caused to emerge (§6.ex)
vuṭṭhāti (3,sg, pre < vi + ut + √sthā I ‘stand’) = rises up, emerges from, rehabilitates (from a transgression)
(§6.4.2.4)
vy-anti (n) = end (§7.ex)
vyanti-kāhiti (vyanta + fut of √kṛ VIII ‘do’. See also §13.3) = he will make an end (§7.ex)
X nāma (ind) = named X, X by name (§8.1.2)
X-hetu (acc used as adv) = on account of X, by reason of X (§13.ex)
yācamāna (PrP, āt; of yācati, < √yāc I ‘request’) = begging, requesting (§13.ex)
yad idaṃ (adv phrase) = that is to say, namely (§1.ex §5.ex, §7.4.5)
328
Glossary
yadā (adv) = at which time, when (§14.2); yadā … tadā = when …then (§6.4.2.2)
yadi (ind) = if; yadi vā = or (§2.ex)
yādisake (acc,m,pl; < yādisa ‘like which’+ ka) kāme (acc,m,pl) ohāya pabbajito … tādisake (acc,m,pl;
< tādisa ‘like that’ + ka) kāme pariyeseyyaṃ = I should seek out (tādisaka) sensual pleasures of those
types, having abandoned sensual pleasures of which type (yādisaka) I went forth (§11.ex)
yajati (3.sg; pre, < √yaj I ‘sacrifice’) = offers an oblation, sacrifices, makes an offering (§14.ex)
yajetha (3,sg; opt, āt, of yajati < √yaj I ‘sacrifice’) = he would/should offer, he would/should bestow
(§14.ex)
yajituṃ (inf < √yaj I ‘sacrifice’) = to sacrifice (§11.ex)
yakkha (m) = name of a certain group of non-human beings, sometimes regarded as spirits or ghosts
(§5.ex, §12.ex)
yaṃ (ind; sometimes with very generic sense as a conn) = that, so that, inasmuch as, as, since, if,
whereas, when, (§5.ex , §6.4.2.2, §9.ex, §10.ex, §11.ex, §13.2.1)
yaṃ kho pana kiñci abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ tadaniccaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ = But then,
whatever is effortfully created and volitionally constructed is impermanent and of the nature of
cessation (§6.ex)
yaṃ kiṃcit ... = whatsoever ... (§6.4.2.5)
yam p’icchaṃ na labhati = ‘what one, though wishing, does not get’ (§6.ex)
yaṃ paresaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya = so that (yaṃ) there would be (assa) for others
non-welfare and suffering for a long time. (= so that it would lead to non-welfare and sufferings for
others for a long time) (§7.4.5)
yaṃ taṃ ... = whatever ..., whomever … (§6.4.2.5)
yaṃ yadeva pādaṃ uddharati, santikeva hoti vadhassa … = each step that she lifts, she is for sure close
to slaughter (§6.4.2.1, §12.ex)
yāma (m) = a watch of the night (there are 3 watches) (§7.4.5); rattiyā (gen,f,sg) paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ
(adv) = in the first watch of the night (§12.ex); yāmaṃ (acc used as adv) = in/during the night periods
(§7.4.5)
yama (m) = the lord of death; yamassa santike (adv) = for (towards) the vicinity of Yama (§11.ex)
yaṃvipāko bhavissati = how the result will be (§7.ex)
yāna (n) = going, carriage, vehicle (§13.2.1)
yānī-kata (< yāna + PPP of √kṛ VIII ‘do’) = made a yāna (§13.2.1)
yāpana (n) = sustenance, going on (§11.ex)
yāpanīya (FPP, of caus < √yā II ‘go’) = can be caused to go, can be removed (cured) (§8.ex)
yāpeti (3,sg; pre, caus < √yā II ‘go’) = causes to go, maintains, sustains (§3.ex)
yasa/yaso (n) = fame, reputation; yaso: nom,n,sg (§4.ex, §6.ex)
yasassin (adj; Skt yaśas-vin) = ‘possessing fame’, famous (§4.ex)
yasmā (adv < abl,sg, of yad ‘which’) = ‘from which’, due to which, because (§2.9.3)
yasmiṃ samaye …, tasmiṃ samaye … (yasmin is rel pron, correlating with tasmin) = at the time when
…, at that time … (§5.ex, §6.5)
yasmiṃ tasmiṃ = in whichever place/case … (§6.4.2.5)
yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasi (idiom) = ‘for which you think it is now the time’; (gentle suggestion to
someone with you that) ‘it’s time for you to go now’, ‘you may go now if you like’ (§9.2.4)
yathā (ind) = just as, the manner in which, as, according to (§4.ex, §14.2)
yathā … tathā = in the manner that, … in that manner …; since …, therefore … (§6.4.2.2)
yathābhūtaṃ (adv) = as it truly is, truly (§4.ex, §12.2.3)
yathākkamaṃ (adv) = according to the order (§12.2.3)
yathāpariyattaṃ (adv; pariyatta is PPP of pariyāpuṇāti < pari + √āp V ‘acquire’) = as it has been
mastered (/fully learned) (§5.8.2)
yathā-sutaṃ (adv) = as it has been heard (§5.8.2)
yathābhucca (adj) = true (§6.ex)
yathākammūpaga (adj; < yathā + kamma + upaga) = going toward (destination) accordingly as the
kamma (§6.ex)
yathātaṃ (adv phrase; yathā + taṃ) = as, as it is (§13.ex)
329
yathāvādin (adj; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = as speaking, acording to the manner of his speech, as he

speaks (§12.ex)
yāti (3,sg, pre < √yā II ‘go’) = goes (§5.ex)
yato (rel pron, adv) = when, since, from which, because (§6.4.2.2, §8.ex)
yato … tato … = from which … from that …; since/because … therefore … (§6.4.2.2)
yātrā (f) = going on (in life), support of life (§11.ex)
yatra/yattha (adv) = wherein (§14.2); yatra/yattha … tatra/tattha = wherein … therein … (§6.4.2.2)
yatra yatra (/yattha yattha) = wherever … (§6.4.2.5)
yāva (ind) = to which extent, so long as (§6.4.2.3).
yāva … tāva … = to which extent … to that extent …; so long as … for that long … (§6.4.2.2)
yāvadeva (adv) = only for, just to the extent of (§11.ex)
yāvañ ca (adv phrase) = and that, how much (§11.1.3)
yāvatā (adv) = to the extent that …, for as far as, so far/long as; yāvatā gaṇino loke satthavāhā pavuccare
= as many as there are teachers that are declared as caravan leaders in the world; as far as teachers
that are declared as caravan leaders in the world are concerned (§9.ex)
ye … taṃ na upanayhanti, veraṃ tesu upasammati = those who do not bear enmity to that, in them
hatred comes to be appeased (/to cease) (§3.ex)
ye keci ... = whosoever there are ... (§6.4.2.5)
yebhuyyena (adv) = mostly, almost all (§10.ex)
yena … tena … = ‘by which’ (/ on account of which, due to which) … ‘by that’ (/on that account,
therefore) (§6.4.2.2)
yena kenā’pi ... = by whatsoever (means) ... (§6.4.2.5)
yeva = (y)eva (ind) = very, only, just (§3.9.1)
yo (rel pron; nom,m,sg; correlates with so) = who (§6.3.3)
yo so ... = he who ... (§6.4.2.5)
yo yo ... = whoever ... (§6.4.2.5)
yoga-kkhema (m/n) = spiritual security. (The Pali tradition sometimes explains it as the state of peace
resulting from liberation from bondage (yoga)) (§6.ex)
yojana (n) = a measure of length, a league (§8.ex)
yoni (f) = womb; yonupapajjāmi < yoniṃ (acc,f,sg) upapajjāmi = I re-arise (I am reborn into) in a womb
(§6.4.2.1)
yoniso (adv. Skt: yoni-śas) = fundamentally, thoroughly, as it should be, truly, properly, systematically
(§9.ex, §11.ex)
yuga (n) = yoke, a pair (what is yoked together) (§8.ex)
yuga-naddha (PPP < √nah IV ‘bind’) = yoked as a pair (§8.ex)
yugāni (nom,n,pl) = pairs (§1.ex)
yujjhati (√yudh IV ‘fight’ → yudh + ya (→ Skt: yudhyate)) = fights (§3.3)
yūpa (m) = sacrificial post; yūpa-atthāya (dat) = for the purpose of sacrificial posts (§10.ex)
330

Pali Glossary PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Pali Glossary PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Reading Buddhist Pāli Texts

a- (commonly added prefix) = ‘not’, ‘non’, ‘without’ (§3.1.1)

‘rejoice’) = gladdening (§7.ex)

abyatta (= avyatta) (adj) = unintelligent, incapable, incompetent (§6.2.1, §7.2.1)

aggi (m) = fire; agginā (ins,m,sg) (§2.6.2.1)

akataññu (adj) = ungrateful (§12.ex)

anatta (n) = not the Self, not a Soul (§14.4.2)

a-takka-avacara (adj) = not the domain of reasoning, unattainable by reasoning (§8.1.1)

atthitā (f; abst noun) = existence (§6.ex)

brāhmaṇa-dūta (m) = brahmin emissary (§9.3.5.1)

catūsu (adj; loc,m,pl, of num catu) = in four (§6.3.3)

daḷha-parakkama (adj) = firm in striving, firm in courage (§4.ex)

dosa (m. Skt: doṣa) = fault, defect, harm (§13.3.5)

ekadā (adv) = at one time, once (§14.2)

horripilation, thrill (§7.4.5)

ime (nom,m,pl, of ayaṃ (‘this’) = these (§3.4.1)

kālaññū (nom,m,sg) = who knows the proper time (§11.ex)

kāsāyāni (adj; acc,n,pl) = saffron (§4.ex)

khanti/khantī (f) = endurance, acceptance, receptivity (§7.4.5)

kopa (m) = agitation, irritation, anger (§14.ex)

fearfully excited, with hairs standing on ends), grisly terror (§7.ex)

micchā-diṭṭhi (f) = false view (§13.3.5)

ni- (commonly added prefix) = ‘down’, ‘back’ (§3.1.1)

nirujjhamāna (PrP, āt, of nirujjhati) = ceasing (§6.3.3)

otiṇṇa (PPP of otarati) = descended into, immersed (§11.ex)

pāṇi (m) = hand; ins,sg: pāṇinā, pl: pāṇīhi (§6.ex)

parama (adj) = highest, supreme (§2.6.1.3, §5.8.2)

parivīmaṃsam āpajjati = gets into full inquiry, fully investigates (§6.2.1)

looks after, takes care of (§7.3.3, §12.ex)

rata (PPP < √ram I ‘delight’) = delighted, delighting in (§7.ex)

sādhukaṃ (adv) = well, properly (§12.ex)

sambādha (adj) = crowded, congested (§11.ex)

= fit to organize = fit for organizing (§11.1.2)

santhava (m) = acquaintance, intimacy (§13.4.2)

sīlavante (acc,m,pl of sīla-vant) = ‘possessing ethical alignment’, virtuous, disciplined (§4.4.3)

sukha-ppaṭivedī (adj, nom,m,sg, < sukhappaṭivedin) = experiencing happiness (§5.ex)

tena (ins,n,sg) = on that account, therefor (§6.4.2)

udāna (n) = inspired utterance, spontaneous utterance (§10.ex)

upapajjati (3,sg; pre, √pad I ‘go’) = is reborn, re-arises (§2.6.2, §2.ex)

uttarā-abhimukha (adj) = facing the north (§11.ex)

yathāvādin (adj; kammadhāraya-samāsa) = as speaking, acording to the manner of his speech, as he

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi